Skip to main content

Full text of "The new black magic and the truth about the ouija-board"

See other formats


feiflj^'  ^  "o     'ftx 


Qass. 
Book. 


COPYRIGHT  DEP05JT. 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2011  with  funding  from 
The  Library  of  Congress 


http://www.archive.org/details/newblackmagictruOOraup 


THE  NEW  BLACK  MAGIC 


THE   NEW 

BLACK  MAGIC 

AND 

THE  TRUTH  ABOUT  THE  OUIJA-BOARD 


BY 


J.  GODFREY  RAUPERT,  K.  S.  G. 

Formerly   a   member   of   the   British   Society   for  Psychical 

Research  and  Author   of   "Modern  Spiritism," 

"Hell  and  Its  Problems,"  etc.,  etc. 


NEW  YORK 

THE  DEVIN-ADAIR  COMPANY 


Copyright  1919 
THE  DEVIN-ADAIR  COMPANY 


All    Rights    Reserved    By 
The  Devin- Adair  Company 


5>CI.A530742 


PREFACE 

It  should  be  pointed  out  that  this  book  does  not 
attempt  to  deal  with  abnormal  phenomena  which 
occur  spontaneously — with  apparitions  or  forms 
resembling  the  dead  coming  unsought  for,  such 
as  have  been  recorded  in  all  ages  of  the  world's 
history  and  of  which  we  have  had  accounts  dur- 
ing the  great  war.  Such  phenomena  follow  some 
law  which  is  quite  unknown  to  us,  or  they  are  due 
to  some  act  of  God  necessarily  outside  our  knowl- 
edge and  beyond  our  control.  The  evidence  in 
favor  of  these  phenomena  is  of  a  varied  kind  and 
is,  in  many  respects,  very  conflicting.  It  is  dif- 
ficult, in  most  instances,  to  distinguish  the  ob- 
jective from  the  purely  subjective.  In  a  variety 
of  cases  the  phantom  seen  is  manifestly  the  crea- 
tion of  the  percipient's  own  brain.  The  dead,  with 
few  exceptions,  present  themselves,  not  in  the 
form  in  which  they  appeared  when  last  seen  on 
earth,  but  in  that  in  which  the  percipient  best 
remembers  them.  Their  statements  respecting 
the  other  life  and  their  new  environment,  too, 
vary  considerably  and  are  often  quite  contra- 
dictory. 

It  is  admitted,  however,  that  there  are  credible 
instances  in  which  the  departure  from  the  body 

vi 


Preface 

of  some  member  of  a  family  or  community  has 
been  intimated  to  some  distant  member  by  an  ap- 
parently objective  though  fugitive  appearance  of 
the  deceased.  We  have  records  of  phenomena 
of  this  kind  in  the  history  of  the  lives  of  the 
saints  and  martyrs,  and  the  Catholic  Church 
has  never  denied  their  reality.  On  the  con- 
trary, she  has  maintained  that  reality  when  a 
skeptical  world  denied  and  ridiculed  them.  But 
she  has  also  maintained  that,  since  such  phe- 
nomena may  emanate  from  different  sources, 
and  since  those  produced  by  the  act  of  God  may 
be  imitated  by  the  enemy  of  God,  it  is  not  possible 
to  speak  dogmatically  respecting  them.  She  has, 
as  a  rule,  tested  their  aim  and  character  by  the 
Apostolic  test  (see  p.  141),  or  by  their  effects, 
moral  and  spiritual,  upon  the  life  of  the  per- 
cipient. She  has  always  discouraged  any  seek- 
ing after  them,  and  any  attempt  to  regard  their 
occurrence  as  an  indication  of  a  peculiar  state  of 
sanctity.  In  any  case,  it  will  be  seen  that  such 
phenomena  have  nothing  in  common  and  can- 
not be  said  to  be  identical  with  those  which  are 
invoked  and  induced,  for  which  a  circle  has  to 
be  formed,  for  which  a  medium  is  employed,  and 
for  which  favorable  conditions  have  to  be  cre- 
ated.   It  is  with  such  phenomena  alone  that  this 

book  deals. 

vii 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

PAGE 

I.  The  Claim  of  Modern  Science     .     .  i 

II.  The  Claim  Specified 17 

III.  The  Evidence  of  History    ....  29 

IV.  The   Evidence   of   Fact   and    Expe- 

rience      47 

V.  The  Evidence  of  True  Science    .     .  yy 

VI.  The  Evidence  of  Christian  Thought 

and  Experience 109 

VII.  The  Evidence  of  Reason  and  Common- 
Sense      163 

VIII.  The  Inevitable  Inference       .      .     .  191 

IX.  The  Truth  About  the  Ouija-Board  205 

X.  Index 235 


THE  CLAIM  OF  MODERN  SCIENCE 


THE  CLAIM  OF  MODERN   SCIENCE 

The  reading  and  thinking  world  has  recently 
been  startled  by  the  publication  of  books  and 
articles  from  die  pens  of  eminent  scientific  and 
literary  men  in  which  the  claim  is  made  that  re- 
liable communications  are  being  received  from 
the  spirits  of  departed  human  beings  and  that 
these  communications  are  of  such  a  character 
that  they  may  not  unfairly  be  regarded  as  a 
New  Revelation. 

Two  of  these  writers,  the  English  physicist 
Sir  Oliver  Lodge,  and  Sir  Conan  Doyle,  of  Sher- 
lock Holmes'  fame,  who  may  be  regarded  as  the 
spokesmen  of  this  class  of  innovators,  boldly  as- 
sert that,  in  view  of  these  remarkable  and,  as 
they  think,  authentic  disclosures,  the  traditional 
teachings  of  Christianity  will  have  to  undergo 
a  radical  transformation  and  that  their  recon- 
struction, in  the  light  of  the  new  knowledge  thus 
obtained,  will  have  to  take  place. 

That  large  numbers  of  that  class  of  persons 
who  are  always  on  the  lookout  for  new  develop- 
ments in  the  sphere  of  Religion  and  who  do  not 
know  that  the  new  in  Religion  is  seldom  the  true, 
and  that  the  true  is  never  the  new,  should  wel- 

[33 


The  New  Black  Magic 

come  these  bold  assertions  and  should  rejoice 
that  they  emanate  from  such  eminently  respect- 
able quarters  cannot  take  us  by  surprise.  Such 
persons  are  always  glad  to  welcome  any  so-called 
new  religion,  especially  when  it  is  seen  to  free 
them  from  obligations  to  which  they  have  never 
submitted  fully  and  willingly  and  which  provides 
them  with  a  more  convenient  and  comfortable 
and,  as  they  consider,  reasonable  philosophy  of 
life.  The  multiplicity  of  the  already  existing 
"new"  religions  and  new-thought  movements  is 
a  striking  illustration  of  this  tendency  of  the 
modern  mind.  But  that  men  of  high  intelligence 
who  might  be  supposed  to  discern  the  fallacy  of 
such  contentions  and  whose  outlook  on  the  world 
might  be  expected  to  be  of  a  very  different  char- 
acter, should  put  forth  such  claims  is  a  problem 
perplexing  minds  apt  to  think  more  deeply  and 
seriously  about  such  matters. 

To  those  of  us,  however,  who  are  more  in- 
timately acquainted  with  this  subject  and  who 
are  behind  the  scenes  of  the  modern  psychical 
research  movement  this  problem  does  not  present 
any  very  great  difficulty.  They  know  that  these 
scientific  researchers,  constantly  engaged  in 
spiritistic  experiments,  and  necessarily  obeying 
the  laws  by  which  spirit-intercourse  becomes 
possible,  are  themselves  the  victims  of  the  intel- 

[4] 


The  Claim  of  Modern  Science 

ligences  who  are  striving  to  impose  these  new 
teachings  upon  the  world,  and  that  their  own 
mental  apparatus  is  (imperceptibly  to  them- 
selves) interfered  with  to  such  an  extent  that 
they  lose  the  power  of  an  all-round  view  of  the 
matter  and  of  forming  a  true  and  right  judgment 
respecting  it.  The  entire  history  of  spiritism 
with  its  countless  victims  goes  to  confirm  the 
truth  of  this  statement,  and  numbers  of  disil- 
lusioned spiritists,  in  all  countries,  have  ac- 
knowledged it.  Indubitable  spirit-messages,  as 
is  well  known  today,  cannot  be  received  without 
the  cultivation  of  a  certain  degree  of  mind-pas- 
sivity, and  mind-passivity  constitutes  the  open 
door  by  which  the  personality  of  the  investigator 
is  invaded  and  by  which  spirit-control  is  effected. 
The  extent  of  this  control  necessarily  depends 
upon  a  variety  of  conditions — mental,  moral  and 
physical — but  it  is  never  absent,  and  the  last  per- 
son conscious  of  it  is  often  the  investigator  him- 
self. It  is  here  and  here  alone  where  the  solution 
of  the  perplexing  problem  indicated  above  is  to 
be  found.  I  have  known  many  of  the  men  en- 
gaged in  the  effort  to  provide  the  modern  rest- 
less world  with  a  new  revelation  and  I  am  per- 
suaded that  they  would,  years  ago,  have  been  the 
first  to  repudiate  the  absurd  claim  which  they 
are  now  making  and  that  they  would  have  pro- 

[5] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

nounced  it  preposterous.  I  have  already  written 
so  much  on  the  subject  of  Spiritism,  and  my 
books  are  now  so  well  known,  that  I  do  not  pro- 
pose to  go  again  over  the  whole  ground.  My 
correspondents  in  all  countries  have  acknowl- 
edged that  I  have  not  merely  myself  investigated 
the  phenomena  with  care  and  patience  but  that 
I  have,  in  the  interpretation  of  them,  weighed  all 
the  facts  fairly  and  squarely  and  that  I  have  left 
no  vital  consideration  out  of  account.  I  propose, 
therefore,  to  address  myself  in  this  volume  to  the 
main  contention  put  forth  in  these  recent  state- 
ments and  publications:  Is  a  New  Revelation, 
by  means  of  spirit-manifestations,  in  progress? 
Before  entering  upon  an  examination  of  this  con- 
tention, however,  I  am  anxious  to  say  a  few 
words  by  way  of  introduction.  It  seems  to  me 
that  Sir  Conan  Doyle's  loose  and  illogical  mode 
of  reasoning  is  already  apparent  from  several 
things  he  says  in  his  account  of  the  progressive 
development  of  his  own  religious  and  philosoph- 
ical ideas. 

He  tells  us  that,  although  strongly  impressed 
by  the  materialistic  philosophy,  he  had  not 
ceased  to  believe  in  God.  "I  had  never  ceased," 
he  writes,  "to  be  a  theist.  ...  I  believed  then  as  I 
believe  now  in  an  intelligent  Force  behind  all  the 
phenomena  of  nature.  .  .  .  But  when  it  came  to 

[6] 


The  Claim  of  Modern  Science 

a  question  of  our  little  personalities  surviving 
death  it  seemed  to  me  that  the  whole  analogy  of 
nature  was  against  it.  It  seemed  to  me  a  delu- 
sion and  I  was  convinced  that  death  did  indeed 
end  all,  though  I  saw  no  reason  why  that  should 
affect  our  duty  towards  humanity  during  our 
transitory  existence.'' 

But  is  not  this  a  wholly  unphilosophical  and 
illogical  mode  of  reasoning?  All  true  reflection 
and  deduction  must  surely  lead  to  the  conclusion 
that  belief  in  the  existence  of  an  intelligent  cre- 
ative Power  and  in  a  future  life  for  man  must 
stand  or  fall  together.  Our  most  elementary  no- 
tions of  intelligence  demand  this.  Our  moral 
feelings  and  instincts  dictate  it.  The  entire 
history  of  Religion  bears  witness  to  it.  What 
are  we  to  think  of  a  Creator  who  calls  a  being 
into  existence  which  has  to  pass  through  a  long 
training  and  education,  often  carried  on  by 
means  of  pain  and  suffering  and  anguish,  who 
endows  it  with  longings  and  instincts  emphati- 
cally pointing  to  a  future  life,  in  which  the 
wrongs  of  the  present  life  are  to  be  righted,  who 
provides  for  the  foundation  of  the  closest  and 
most  affectionate  ties  and  relation,  but  who  has 
nevertheless  decreed  that  all  these  hopes  and  de- 
sires, all  these  longings  and  aspirations,  shall  end 
in  corruption  and  the  grave — in  the  entire  extinc- 

[7] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

tion  and  disappearance  of  the  personality  ?  How 
can  we  associate  the  very  idea  of  intelligence 
with  such  a  Creator;  how  can  we  be  expected  to 
love  and  reverence  him  and  to  obey  the  heartless 
laws  which  he  has  made  and  which  rob  us  of  even 
the  few  transitory  pleasures  which  we  might  en- 
joy? Does  not  our  entire  moral  nature,  that  very 
nature  which  he  has  given  us,  rebel  against  such 
a  notion?  Would  not  all  human  life  be  a  mock- 
ery and  would  we  not  be  driven  to  the  inevitable 
conclusion  that  the  Creator  is  a  monster  who 
cannot,  on  any  conceivable  plea,  claim  our  rever- 
ence and  allegiance?  Such  an  inference  is  ac- 
cording to  the  necessary  and  unchanging  laws  of 
human  thought  and  no  reflecting  mind  can  evade 
it.  How  much  more  logical  is  the  inference 
drawn  from  such  a  mode  of  reasoning  by  the 
Apostle  St.  Paul  and  expressed  in  the  familiar 
words:  "Let  us  eat  and  drink,  for  tomorrow 
we  die." 

But  how  little  the  philosophical  vaporings  of 
the  modern  scientific  intellect  can  be  trusted  is 
surely  evident  from  this  one  example.  Again 
both  Sir  Oliver  Lodge  and  Sir  Conan  Doyle 
seem  to  be  unconscious  of  the  fact  that  a  funda- 
mental fallacy  underlies  the  very  notion  of  a 
"New"  Revelation.  They  would  surely  be  more 
consistent  and  logical  if  they  spoke  of  these 

[8] 


The  Claim  of  Modern  Science 

spirit-messages  as  a  true  or  the  true  revelation 
intimating  that  the  old  one  has  been  found  to  be 
false  and  is  therefore  no  revelation  at  all.  For, 
since  the  so-called  new  revelation  contravenes  the 
old  in  all  its  vital  characteristics  the  latter  could 
never  have  been  a  revelation  in  any  intelligible 
sense,  and  must  therefore  be  regarded  as  a 
grievous  imposition  on  the  credulity  of  mankind. 
It  is  here,  be  it  carefully  noted,  not  a  question 
of  a  progressive  disclosure  of  divine  truth  or 
truths  such  as  we  have  in  the  records  of  the  Old 
and  New  Testaments,  God  revealing  Himself 
gradually:  first  by  the  promulgation  of  a  series 
of  elementary  laws,  then  by  means  of  inspired 
patriarchs  and  prophets  and  seers,  and  finally 
by  the  incarnation  of  His  Only-Begotten  Son,  the 
later  disclosures  confirming  and  illuminating  and 
adding  to  the  earlier.  It  is  here  a  question  of  a 
complete  and  utter  revolution  and  upheaval,  the 
new  revelation  contravening  the  old,  and  elim- 
inating its  essential  and  characteristic  teachings 
and  principles.  For  even  such  radical  innova- 
tors and  iconoclasts  as  Lodge  and  Doyle  will 
scarcely  dare  to  assert,  in  view  of  the  indubitable 
facts  of  History,  that  the  doctrine  of  the  In- 
carnation of  the  Son  of  God — of  the  Word  made 
Flesh — in  the  historic  sense,  in  the  afterthought 
of  theology  and  not  a  vital  and  integral  part  of 

[9] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

the  primitive  Christian  Revelation.  And  since 
the  spirits  of  the  seance-room  everywhere  em- 
phatically deny  the  truth  of  this  doctrine,  the  old 
revelation  could  never  have  been  true;  but  man- 
kind must,  for  nearly  two  thousand  years,  have 
been  laboring  under  a  fatal  delusion.  Or  are 
we  seriously  to  consider  the  absurd  suggestion 
that  what  was  true  in  one  age  ceased  to  be  true  in 
another,  and  that  the  all-wise  Creator  stooped 
or  consented  to  a  deception  which  any  normal 
human  mind  would  unhesitatingly  pronounce 
contemptible,  seeing  that  in  this  very  deception 
have  centered  the  highest  hopes  and  noblest  as- 
pirations and  most  painful  sacrifices  of  the  best 
of  men  and  women  throughout  nearly  twenty 
centuries  of  human  life.  And  at  what  particular 
epoch,  one  is  tempted  to  ask,  did  the  old  revela- 
tion cease  to  be  true  and  the  disillusionment  of 
mankind  become  necessary?  The  utter  ab- 
surdity of  this  scientific  juggling  with  ideas  and 
principles,  which  alas!  passes  muster  in  even  in- 
tellectual and  instructed  circles,  is  very  effectively 
exhibited  in  Mr.  Gilbert  Chesterton's  books,  espe- 
cially in  his  Orthodoxy  (p.  135),  where  he 
writes : 

"An  imbecile  habit  has  arisen  in  modern  con- 
troversy of  saying  that  such  and  such  a  creed 
can  be  held  in  one  age  but  cannot  be  held  in  an- 

[10] 


The  Claim  of  Modern  Science 

other.  Some  dogma,  we  are  told,  was  credible  in 
the  twelfth  century  but  is  incredible  in  the  twen- 
tieth. You  might  as  well  say  that  a  certain  phil- 
osophy can  be  believed  on  Mondays,  but  cannot  be 
believed  on  Tuesdays.  You  might  as  well  say 
of  a  view  of  the  cosmos  that  it  was  suitable  to 
half-past  three  but  not  suitable  to  half-past  four. 
What  a  man  can  believe  depends  upon  his  phil- 
osophy, not  upon  the  clock  of  the  century." 

What  cannot  be  sufficiently  emphasized,  by 
way  of  introduction  to  a  discussion  of  the  sub- 
ject, is  the  circumstance  that  we  cannot  here 
speak  of  a  reconstruction  or  reinterpretation  of 
Christianity.  The  use  of  such  terms  is  mis- 
chievous in  the  extreme  since  they  are  only  cal- 
culated to  throw  dust  into  the  eyes  of  the  public 
and  to  hide  the  real  truth  of  the  matter  from  the 
minds  of  sensitive  persons.  It  is  merely  "an  un- 
loosening of  the  ropes  one  by  one,  gently  and 
gradually,"  as  the  spirits  would  term  it,  and  as 
they  have  counseled  it  in  order  not  to  disquiet  the 
consciences  of  those  still  thinking  along  Chris- 
tian lines,  and  hence  likely  to  get  alarmed  at  the 
character  of  these  new  disclosures.  But  there  is 
no  possibility  of  a  reconciliation  between  Historic 
Christianity  and  Spiritism.  The  teachings  of 
one  are  destructive  of  those  of  the  other,  and 
if  one  is  true  the  other  is  necessarily  false.    Some 

[ii] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

writers  have  attempted  this  kind  of  reconciliation 
and  it  has  found  favor  with  certain  orders  of 
minds.  But  the  well-informed  student  of  the 
subject  cannot  fail  to  see  through  the  deception 
and  discern  the  underlying  fallacy.  Such  so- 
called  reconciliations  have  only  been  possible, 
either  by  unduly  emphasizing  and  falsely  inter- 
preting certain  elements  in  Spiritism  which  bear 
some  surface  resemblance  to  Christian  teachings 
and  manifestations,  or  by  stripping  Christianity 
of  all  its  essential  and  characteristic  doctrines 
and  reducing  it  to  a  mere  system  of  ethics,  such 
as  the  world  knew  of  before  the  advent  of  Christ, 
and  as  it  has  grown  familiar  with  in  the  present 
age. 

That  this  is  so  will  be  clearly  seen  from  the 
introductory  statement  to  the  following  chapter 
in  which  I  propose  to  summarize  the  essential 
contents  of  the  "New  Revelation,"  as  they  may 
be  gathered  from  the  writings  of  some  of  our  re- 
constructionists  and  from  the  emphatic  teachings 
and  assertions  of  those  "higher"  spirits  who 
manifested  through  the  mediumship  of  the  late 
Mr.  Stainton  Moses,  and  whose  disclosures  are 
regarded  as  a  kind  of  Bible  by  spiritists  and  in- 
vestigators. 

Mr.  Stainton  Moses  himself,  who  had  been  a 
clergyman  of  the  Church  of  England,  and  who 

[12] 


The  Claim  of  Modern  Science 

was  therefore  well  able  to  form  a  judgment  as 
to  what  constitutes  historical  and  essential 
Christianity,  fully  admitted  that,  if  the  spirit- 
disclosures  were  true,  they  meant  revolution  and 
not  simply  reform,  and  he  was  honest  enough  to 
face  and  proclaim  that  fact.  He  did  not  seek  to 
evade  the  issues  by  attempting  impossible  com- 
promises or  reconstructions. 

"Spiritualism,"  he  wrote,  "is  revolution,  not 
simply  reform.  It  is  no  time  for  polite  patching 
up;  we  are  in  the  very  dust  and  din  of  spiritual 
strife,  in  the  thick  of  a  great  spiritual  conflict, 
the  effects  of  which  we  shall  try  in  vain  to  escape, 
and  it  is  no  time  now  to  go  about  deprecating 
noise  and  timidly  sprinkling  rose-water  to  quench 
the  powder  fumes  of  battle.  The  battle  is  upon  us 
and  it  is  waste  time  to  grumble  at  its  smoke 
and  din." 

Another  writer1  on  this  subject  states  the  case 
equally  emphatically : 

"The  religion  of  the  future,"  he  says,  "is  in  our 
midst  already  with  signs  and  wonders  uprising 
like  a  swollen  tide.  .  .  .  Christianity  has  spent  its 
force  and  now  another  revelation  has  succeeded 
it — a  revelation  suited  to  the  needs  of  the  time." 

When  Mr.  Stainton  Moses  first  received  these 
spirit-messages  and  realized  that  they  violently 

iSt.  George  Stock  in  "Attempts  at  Truth,"  P.  128. 
[13  3 


The  New  Black  Magic 

contradicted  his  Christian  beliefs  and  habitual 
modes  of  thought  he  had  the  strongest  possible 
misgivings  as  to  the  character  and  aim  of  the  in- 
telligences conveying  them  and,  for  a  time,  he 
shrank  from  a  continuation  of  this  intercourse. 
And  it  is  evident,  too,  that,  at  this  period,  the 
answers  to  his  questions  furnished  by  the  spirit 
Imperator  did  not  at  all  satisfy  him. 

"I  could  not  get  rid  of  the  idea,"  he  wrote, 
"that  the  Faith  of  Christendom  was  practically 
upset  by  their  issue.  I  believed  that,  however  it 
might  be  disguised,  such  would  be  the  outcome 
of  these  communications  in  the  end.  The  cen- 
tral dogmas  seemed  especially  attacked  and  it 
was  this  that  startled  me.  .  .  .  Then  came  a  doubt 
as  to  how  far  all  might  be  the  work  of  satan 
transformed  into  an  angel  of  light  laboring  for 
the  subversion  of  the  Faith."  He  addressed  the 
following  question  to  Imperator  (one  of  the 
"higher"  spirits)  :  "It  would  help  me  somewhat 
if  I  could  picture  you  as  a  definite  individuality. 
But,  on  the  whole,  I  wish  you  would  leave  me 
alone." 

Imperator's  answer  was: 

"The  orthodox  religionists  of  His  (Christ's) 
time  charged  Him  with  association  with  Beelze- 
bub. When  you  have  had  time  to  think  we  will 
answer." 

[14] 


The  Claim  of  Modern  Science 

But  Mr.  Stainton  Moses  was  again  and  again 
urged  to  bring  to  the  circle  a  patient  and  passive 
mind  and,  as  this  passivity  increased,  the  normal 
operations  of  thought  and  reflection  were  inter- 
fered with,  and  the  principles  of  the  new  spirit- 
revelation  were  accepted.  He  ceased  to  be  a 
Christian  and  embraced  the  conventional  spirit- 
creed  and  philosophy.  But  he  retained  sense 
enough  to  recognize  that  that  creed  is  wholly  and 
utterly  irreconcilable  with  the  doctrines  of  His- 
torical Christianity. 


[*Sl 


II 

THE  CLAIM  SPECIFIED 


THE  CLAIM  SPECIFIED 

Although  there  is,  as  the  literature  of  Spirit- 
ism testifies,  and  as  is  universally  admitted,  the 
greatest  possible  divergence  in  the  teachings 
given  by  the  spirits  in  various  countries,  the  es- 
sential principles  of  the  ''New  Revelation"  re- 
specting which  there  is  agreement  may  be  stated 
as  follows.  I  will  quote  Lodge's  and  Doyle's  own 
words  and  the  statements  of  those  spirits  in 
whose  utterances  the  largest  porportion  of  spirit- 
ists place  confidence. 

1.      The  "New  Revelation'  is  divine  and  au- 
thoritative. 

''I  seemed  suddenly  to  see  that  this  sub- 
ject with  which  I  had  so  long  dallied  was 
not  merely  the  study  of  a  force  outside  the 
rules  of  science  but  that  it  was  really  some- 
thing tremendous,  a  breaking-down  of  the 
wall  between  two  worlds,  a  direct  message 
from  beyond,  a  call  of  hope  and  of  guidance 
to  the  human  race  at  the  time  of  its  deepest 
affliction.  ...  A  new  revelation  seemed  to  me 
in  the  course  of  delivery  to  the  human  race, 
though  how  far  it  is  still  in  what  I  may  call 
the  John-the-Baptist  stage  and  how  far 
some  greater  fullness  and  clearness  may  be 
[19] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

expected  hereafter  is  more  than  any  man 
can  say."    (Doyle.) 

"We  claim  our  authority  to  be  divine  and 
await  with  confidence  the  acceptance  of  our 
mission   when  the  times   are  ripe   for  our 
teaching."     (The  Spirit  Imperator.) 
Man  has  not  fallen. 

"So  long  as  there  was  any  question  of  the 
fall  of  man  there  was  at  least  some  sort  of 
explanation  of  such  phrases  (redemption 
from  sin),  but  when  it  became  certain  that 
man  had  never  fallen — when  with  ever 
fuller  knowledge  we  could  trace  our  an- 
cestral course  down  through  the  cave-man 
and  drift-man  back  to  that  shadowy  and  far- 
off  time  when  the  man-like  ape  slowly 
evolved  into  the  ape-like  man — looking  back 
on  all  this  vast  succession  of  life,  we  knew 
that  it  had  always  been  rising  from  step  to 
step.  Never  zvas  there  any  evidence  of  a 
fair     (Doyle.) 

"The  spirits  reject  as  a  baseless  figment 
the  story  of  a  fall  from  a  state  of  primeval 
innocence  and  perfection  to  a  state  of  deg- 
radation in  the  person  of  Adam  and  Eve." 
(Stainton  Moses.) 

"For  the  present  you  may  know  that  the 
theological  story  of  a  fall  from  a  state  of 
[20] 


The  Claim  Specified 

purity  to  a  state  of  sin,  as  usually  detailed 
and  accepted,  is  misleading."  (The  Spirit 
Imperator. ) 
3.  The  Incarnation  and  Sufferings  and  Death 
of  Jesus  Christ  were  in  no  sense  an  atone- 
ment  for  the  sins  of  man.  Christ  was  some 
higher  created  intelligence  who  came  to  re- 
form the  world  by  his  moral  teaching  and 
his  personal  example. 

"One  can  see  no  justice  in  a  vicarious  sac- 
rifice nor  in  the  God  who  could  be  placated 
by  such  means.  .  .  .  Too  much  seemed  to  be 
made  of  Christ's  death.  It  is  no  uncommon 
thing  to  die  for  an  idea.  Men  die  continu- 
ally for  their  convictions.  Thousands  of  our 
lads  are  doing  it  at  this  instant  in  France. 
...  In  my  opinion  far  too  much  stress 
has  been  laid  upon  Christ's  death  and  far 
too  little  on  His  life.  That  was  where 
the  true  grandeur  and  the  true  lesson  lay. 
According  to  spirit-teaching,  the  Christ- 
spirit  came  down  upon  the  earth  at  a  time  of 
great  earthly  depravity  to  give  to  the  people 
the  example  and  teaching  of  an  ideal  life  and 
then  returned  to  his  own  high  station,  hav- 
ing left  an  example  which  is  still  occasion- 
ally followed.  Nothing  here  of  atonement 
and  redemption." 

[21] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

"In  such  a  view  reason  and  faith  would  be 
reconciled.  .  .  .  Christianity  must  change  or 
perish.  Our  churches  are  half-empty; 
women  their  chief  supporters;  both  learned 
and  poor,  in  town  or  country,  are  alienated 
from  it."     (Doyle.) 

"It  was  not  the  eternal  purpose  of  God 
that  Jesus  should  die  when  the  work  of  the 
Christ  was  but  just  commencing.  That  was 
man's  work,  foul,  evil,  accursed.  .  .  .  He 
came  in  the  sense  that  all  regenerators  of 
men  have  been  their  saviours.  ...  In  the 
sense  that  the  scene  on  Calvary  was  fore- 
ordained to  occur  when  man  consummated 
his  foul  deed  he  came  not.  And  this  is  a 
mighty  truth."  (The  Spirit  Imperator.) 
Death  is  not  a  terminus  fixing  man's  destiny. 

His  education  continues  after  death.  The 
consequences  of  sin  are  never  permanent. 
The  imperfect  or  undeveloped  soul  passes, 
when  separated  from  the  body,  into  a  tem- 
porary penal  state  which  becomes  a  means 
of  advancing  its  development  and  education. 

"The  spirit  (after  death)  is  not  a  glorified 
angel  or  a  goblin  damned,  but  it  is  simply 
the  person  himself,  containing  all  his 
strength  and  weakness,  his  wisdom  and  his 
folly,  exactly  as  he  has  retained  his  personal 
[22] 


The  Claim  Specified 

appearance.  .  .  .  Hell  drops  out  altogether,  as 
it  has  long  dropped  out  of  the  thoughts  of 
every  reasonable  man.  This  odious  con- 
ception, so  blasphemous  in  its  view  of  the 
Creator,  arose  from  the  exaggerations  of 
oriental  phrases  and  may  perhaps  have  been 
of  service  in  a  coarse  age  where  men  were 
frightened  by  fires  as  wild  beasts  are  scared 
by  the  travellers.  Hell  as  a  permanent  place 
does  not  exist.  But  the  idea  of  punishment, 
of  purifying  chastisement,  in  fact  of  Pur- 
gatory, is  justified  by  the  reports  from  the 
other  side."     (Doyle.) 

"To  suppose  that  the  short  period  of 
earth-life  is  sufficient  to  save  or  damn  a  soul 
to  all  eternity  and  that  the  act  of  death  has 
power  to  convert  an  ordinary  man  into  either 
an  angel  or  a  demon,  to  make  him  happy 
in  the  society  of  the  highest  saints  and  able 
to  associate  with  Deity,  or  to  condemn  him 
to  fraternize  with  the  lowest  of  the  low, 
amid  whatever  physical  or  mental  torments 
were  imagined  as  likely  to  accompany  and 
emphasize  his  fall  from  grace — all  this  was 
so  repugnant  to  common-sense  that  as  a  mat- 
ter of  fact  it  was  not  believed."     (Lodge.) 

"We  know  of  no  Hell  save  that  within  the 
soul ;  a  Hell  which  is  fed  by  the  flame  of  un- 


The  New  Black  Magic 

purified    and    untamed    lust    and    passion, 
which  is  kept  alive  by  remorse  and  agony  of 
sorrow;  which  is  fraught  with  the  pangs 
that  spring  up  unbidden  from  the  results  of 
past   misdeeds,    and    from    which  the  only 
escape  lies  in  retracing  the  steps  and  in  cul- 
tivating the  qualities  which  shall  bear  fruit 
in  love  and  knowledge  of  God.    In  perpetu- 
ally progressing  the  spirit  finds  its  true  hap- 
piness.    There  is  no  finality;  none,  none, 
none!"  (The  Spirit  Imperator.) 
As  I  am  anxious  to  avoid  writing  a  big  book 
and  to  again  traverse  ground  already  covered  in 
my  earlier  works,  I  have  thus  briefly  and  con- 
cisely summarized  the  main    teachings    of    the 
"New  Revelation"  from  which  it  will  be  seen  that 
they  are  wholly  subversive  of  Historical  Chris- 
tianity.    There  cannot  manifestly   here    be   any 
question  of  a  reconstruction  or  reinterpretation 
in  the  light  of  the  new  knowledge.    Such  phrases 
are  clearly  utterly  misleading,  and  are  merely 
attempts  to  let  the  Christian  down  gently- — not 
to  alarm  and  disquiet  him  overmuch.    If  the  dis- 
closures of  the  higher  spirits  are  true,  Historical 
Christianity    is    false — the    Apostles'    Creed    is 
based  upon  a  misconception.     If  Christianity,  on 
the  other  hand,  is  true,  these  new  teachings  har- 
bor a  perilous  delusion  and  the  higher  spirits 

[24] 


The  Claim  Specified 

are  liars  and  deceivers.  We  have  therefore  to 
address  ourselves  to  the  question:  What  is  the 
evidence  in  favor  of  their  veracity?  And,  in 
attempting  to  answer  this  question,  we  shall  have 
to  examine  the  matter  from  various  points  of 
view — to  seek  for  light  in  many  directions.  The 
subject  is  too  serious,  and  too  vital  in  its  issues 
to  dismiss  it  with  a  superficial  consideration  or  to 
fall  back  upon  our  personal  inclinations  or  pre- 
conceptions. 

"The  body  of  fresh  doctrine,"  says  Sir  Conan 
Doyle,  "comes  in  the  main  through  automatic 
writing  where  the  hand  of  the  medium  is  con- 
trolled, either  by  an  alleged  human-being  ...  or 
an  alleged  angel.''  "These,"  he  goes  on  to  say, 
"are  supplemented  by  trance-utterances,  verbal 
messages  of  spirits  given  through  the  lips  of  the 
mediums  .  .  .  sometimes  by  direct  voice,  occa- 
sionally through  table-tilting." 

To  the  question:  "How  do  we  know  that  they 
are  really  from  the  beyond,  the  answer  must 
be  that  we  require  signs  which  we  can  test  before 
we  accept  assertions  which  we  cannot  test.  These 
signs  are,  as  in  the  case  of  Stainton  Moses,  when 
the  messages  are  accompanied  by  a  number  of 
abnormal  gifts.  If  Miss  Julia  Ames  can  tell  Mr. 
Stead  things  in  her  own  earth-life  of  which  he 
could    not    have    had    cognizance,  and  if  these 

[25] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

things  are  shown,  when  tested,  to  be  true,  then 
one  is  more  inclined  to  think  that  those  things 
which  cannot  be  tested  are  true  also." 

"If  Raymond  (Sir  Oliver  Lodge's  son)  can 
tell  us  of  a  photograph,  no  copy  of  which  has 
reached  England  and  which  proved  to  be  ex- 
actly as  he  had  described  it,  and  if  he  can  give  us 
through  the  lips  of  strangers  all  sorts  of  details 
of  his  home-life  which  his  own  relatives  had  to 
verify  before  they  found  them  to  be  true,  is  it 
unreasonable  to  suppose  that  he  is  fairly  accurate 
in  his  description  of  his  own  experiences  and 
state  of  life  at  the  very  moment  at  which  he  is 
communicating  ?" 

Now  in  order  to  simplify  the  matter,  I  will 
emphasize  but  two  conditions  which  all  reason- 
able and  right-thinking  men  must  regard  as  nec- 
essary conditions  on  which  we  can  even  consider 
the  question  of  a  new  revelation. 

1.  Such  a  revelation  must,  in  the  first  place, 
be  consistent  with  our  instinctive  ideas  of  the 
dignity,  justice,  and  holiness  of  God. 

2.  It  must,  secondly,  both  in  its  character  and 
effects  and  in  the  mode  of  its  delivery,  be  in  ac- 
cord with  our  religious  feelings  and  the  dictates 
of  our  reason. 

As  I  feel  confident  that  no  reflecting  reader, 
whatever  his  religious  or  philosophical  attitude 

[26] 


The  Claim  Specified 

may  be,  will  find  fault  with  this  definition  of  the 
inevitable  attitude  of  a  mind  seeking  the  solu- 
tion of  such  a  problem  as  this,  I  can  but  ask  him 
to  keep  these  two  principles  steadily  in  view 
throughout  the  enquiry.  Looking  at  all  the  facts 
of  the  case  then  which  our  modern  knowledge 
and  our  experience  have  brought  to  light,  what 
is  the  evidence  respecting  the  true  origin  and 
character  of  these  spirit-disclosures? 


[*7l 


Ill 

THE  EVIDENCE  OF  HISTORY 


THE  EVIDENCE    OF  HISTORY 

Although  it  is  incidentally  admitted  by  the 
scientific  investigators  of  psychical  phenomena 
that  intercourse  with  the  unseen  spirit-world  has 
been  known  and  practiced  in  all  ages  of  the 
world's  history  and  by  practically  all  races  and 
nations,  they  nevertheless  make  statements  from 
which  they  clearly  desire  it  to  be  inferred  that 
they  have  made  marvelous  discoveries  and  that 
the  objective  reality  of  this  intercourse  has  been 
established  by  modern  science. 

Some  years  ago  Sir  Oliver  Lodge  declared  that 
the  wall  which  may  be  conceived  to  be  dividing 
the  two  states  of  being  was  "wearing  thin  in 
places"  and  that,  amid  the  roar  of  water  and  of 
other  noises,  we  on  our  side  (that  is  he  and  his 
fellow  researchers)  are  beginning  to  hear  now 
and  again  the  strokes  of  the  pick-axes  of  our 
comrades  on  the  other  side." 

This  statement,  of  course,  exemplifies  one  of 
those  many  conceits  and  presumptions  of  modern 
science  of  which  we  have  such  striking  evidence 
in  our  days.  For  a  single  glance  at  history  goes 
to  demonstrate  the  fact  that,  so  far  from  making 
any  new  discovery  in  this  sphere  of  research, 
scientific  men  have  been  the  last  to  come  to  a 

[3i] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

knowledge  of  facts  with  which  even  the  savage 
man  was  acquainted  and  with  which  the  man  in 
the  street  has  been  long  familiar.  So  far,  there- 
fore, as  any  claim  to  newness  in  the  matter  of  the 
mode  of  delivery  of  the  "New  Revelation"  is 
concerned,  the  claim  absolutely  falls  to  the 
ground.  So-called  revelations,  by  means  of 
spirit-manifestations,  have  been  made  in  all  times 
of  human  history,  and  that  hole  in  the  wall  or 
partition,  of  which  Sir  Oliver  speaks,  has  been 
known  to  exist  as  long  as  man  has  lived  on  this 
earth.  It  was  the  materialistic  scientist  who  so 
persistently  denied  it  and  who,  as  in  many  other 
matters,  had  "his  facts  all  wrong." 

And  the  very  use  of  the  word  Necromancy  in- 
dicates that  these  manifestations  and  disclosures 
were  pretty  universally  believed  to  emanate  from 
the  spirits  of  the  dead. 

The  first  fact,  therefore,  which  we  have  to  rec- 
ognize and  keep  in  mind  is  that  there  is  nothing 
new,  either  in  these  revelations  or  in  the  mode 
of  their  delivery.  Spiritism  and  mediumship  are 
as  old  as  the  world.  It  is  merely  in  the  form 
in  which  they  have  displayed  themselves  that 
they  have  varied  in  different  ages  and  with  dif- 
ferent races. 

Under  the  word  Necromancy  we  read  in  the 
New  International  Encyclopedia: 

[32] 


The  Evidence  of  History 

"A  method  of  divination  by  which  the  dead 
were  supposed  to  be  conjured  up  and  to  answer 
questions  concerning  the  future.  Its  practice 
was  certainly  extremely  ancient.  It  was  con- 
demned in  the  Old  Testament,  and  among  the 
Greeks  it  was  familiar  in  Homer's  day.  In  his- 
torical days  necromancy  was  practiced  by  priests 
and  consecrated  persons  at  many  shrines  in 
Greece.  It  was  also  current  among  the  Romans 
although  banned  by  the  Church  under  Constan- 
tine.  It  was  also  employed  by  the  Northern  peo- 
ples, and,  in  the  mediaeval  and  later  period, 
passed  over  into  sorcery." 

The  Catholic  Encyclopedia  makes  a  statement 
to  the  same  effect : 

"Along  with  other  forms  of  divination  and 
magic,  necromancy  is  found  in  every  nation  of 
antiquity  and  is  a  practice  common  to  paganism 
at  all  times  and  in  all  countries,  but  nothing  cer- 
tain can  be  said  as  to  the  place  of  its  origin." 

All  research  goes  to  show  that  it  was  known 
and  practiced  in  Persia,  Babylonia,  Chaldea, 
Etruria,  Egypt,  Greece  and  Rome.  Among  the 
Romans  Horace  several  times  alludes  to  the  in- 
vocation of  the  dead.  Cicero  testifies  that  his 
friend  Appius  practiced  necromancy.  In  the 
first  Christian  centuries  it  was  common  among 
the  pagans. 

[33] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

Sir  Conan  Doyle  himself  naively  informs  us 
that  M.  Jacolliot,  an  Indian  Judge,  "found  among 
the  Indian  Fakirs  every  phenomenon  of  advanced 
European  mediumship,  everything  which  Home 
(the  famous  medium)  had  done.  The  Fakirs 
said  that  they  were  done  by  the  Pitris  or  spirits, 
and  that  the  only  difference  in  their  procedure 
from  ours  seemed  to  be  that  they  made  more  use 
of  direct  evocation.  They  claimed  that  these 
powers  were  handed  down  from  time  immemorial 
and  traced  back  to  the  Chaldees." 

From  the  records  of  Old  Testament  two  facts 
become  abundantly  clear : 

1.  The  various  known  forms  of  mediumship 
and  necromancy  were  commonly  practiced. 

2.  The  practice  was  condemned  by  the  Jewish 
law-givers  and  prophets  as  being  destructive  of 
the  true  religious  and  moral  life  of  the  people. 

In  Leviticus  XIX,  31,  we  read: 

"Go  not  aside  after  wizards,  neither  ask  any- 
thing of  soothsayers  to  be  defiled  by  them;  I  am 
the  Lord  your  God." 

In  Leviticus  XX,  6: 

"The  soul  that  shall  go  aside  after  magicians 
and  soothsayers,  and  shall  commit  fornication 
with  them,  I  will  set  my  face  against  that  soul 
and  destroy  it  out  of  the  midst  of  its  people," 

In  Leviticus  XX,  27: 

[34] 


The  Evidence  of  History 

"A  man  or  woman,  in  whom  there  is  a  pythoni- 
cal  or  divining  spirit,  dying,  let  them  die;  they 
shall  stone  them ;  their  blood  be  upon  them." 

In  Deuteronomy  XVIII?  10: 

"Neither  let  there  be  found  among  you  any- 
one that  .  .  .  consulteth  soothsayers,  or  ob- 
serveth  dreams  and  omens,  neither  let  there  be 
any  wizard,  nor  charmer,  nor  anyone  that  con- 
sulteth pythonic  spirits,  or  fortune-tellers,  or  that 
seeketh  the  truth  from  the  dead." 

Isaias  VIII,  19: 

"And  when  they  say  to  you:  seek  of  pythons 
and  of  diviners,  who  mutter  in  their  enchant- 
ments; should  not  the  people  seek  of  their  God, 
for  the  living  of  the  dead  ?" 

In  the  records  of  the  New  Testament,  we  are 
confronted  by  the  remarkable  fact  that  the  spirits 
speaking  to  Our  Lord  through  the  mouths  of  the 
possessed,  or  "controlled"  as  the  modern  psychi- 
cal researchers  would  say,  and  using  the  lan- 
guage and  thought-forms  of  ordinary  human  be- 
ings, were  always  denounced  by  Him  as  being 
devils.  He  did  not  parley  with  them ;  He  did  not 
inquire  what  they  had  to  say  for  themselves, 
what  revelation  they  might  have  to  make.  He 
cast  them  out.  In  no  single  instance  does  He, 
the  spirit  from  the  higher  spheres  who,  accord- 
ing to  the  spiritists,  might  reasonably  be  expected 

[353 


The  New  Black  Magic 

to  acknowledge  at  least  the  legitimacy  of  this 
mode  of  communication  and  intercourse,  dis- 
play the  slightest  hesitation  in  the  matter.  Not 
once  did  He  ask  these  obsessing  entities  to  iden- 
tify themselves,  or  to  tell  them  something  respect- 
ing their  supposed  past  earth-life  and  the  pur- 
pose of  their  return.  From  no  single  recorded  in- 
stance can  the  modern  spiritist  derive  the  faintest 
measure  of  support  for  his  contention. 

And  the  obsessed,  themselves,  and  the  people 
who  kept  them,  did  not  seem  to  entertain  the 
slightest  doubt  on  the  subject.  We  read  in  St. 
Matthew  IX,  33: 

"After  the  devil  was  cast  out,  the  dumb  man 
spoke  and  the  multitude  wondered,"  etc. 

And  this  is  characteristic  of  all  Our  Lord's 
dealings  with  the  "controlled,"  which  are  so  fre- 
quent and  so  well  known  that  it  is  not  necessary 
to  quote  them  in  detail  here. 

In  the  Acts  of  the  Apostles,  Chapter  16,  we 
have  the  account  of  St.  Paul's  dealings  with  a 
woman  who  manifestly  practiced  what  we  would 
call  today  the  art  of  mediumship.  It  was  the 
case  of  "a  certain  girl  .  .  .  who  brought  to  her 
masters  much  gain  by  divining."  Adapting  her- 
self, like  many  mediums  of  our  own  time,  to  the 
situation  and  seeking,  no  doubt,  to  secure  the 
favor  of  the  Apostles,  she  acknowledged  tnem  to 

[36] 


The  Evidence  of  History 

be  "the  servants  of  the  most  high  God."  "And 
this  she  did  many  days."  But  St.  Paul,  too,  dis- 
played no  manner  of  doubt  as  to  the  nature  of 
the  woman's  "gift"  or  of  the  character  of  the 
entity  operating  by  its  means.  He  commanded 
the  spirit  "in  the  name  of  Jesus  Christ  to  go  out 
of  her.    And  he  went  out  the  same  hour." 

When  we  trace  the  record  further  down  to  the 
early  Christian  centuries,  we  come  upon  evidence 
which  is  equally  clear  and  conclusive.  The 
Fathers  and  Doctors  of  the  Church  bear  testi- 
mony that  the  spirits,  speaking  through  the 
mouths  of  the  "controlled,"  make  assertions  sim- 
ilar to  those  made  by  Doyle's  spirits  today;  but 
the  clear  spiritual  insight  of  those  sturdy  Chris- 
tians, and  the  careful  observation  of  accompany- 
ing phenomena,  made  it  easy  for  them  to  discover 
and  expose  the  delusion. 

The  philosopher  St.  Justin,  who  became  a 
Christian  in  A.D.  135,  and  was  martyred  in  166, 
declared  .  .  .  2"that  it  is  nothing  else  that  the 
demons  strive  after  than  to  draw  away  man  from 
God  the  Creator  and  from  Christ,  His  only- 
Begotten." 

In  a  passage  quoted  by  St.  Thomas  Aquinas, 
St.  Augustine,  writing  in  the  fifth  century,  said  of 
the  demons  that  they  sometimes  learn  with  the 

s  I  Apologia,  58. 

[37] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

greatest  ease  the  dispositions  of  man,  not  only 
such  as  are  expressed  by  words,  but  also  such  as 
are  conceived  in  thought  when  certain  signs  are 
thereby  expressed  on  the  bodily  organism  of  the 
soul. 

St.  Thomas  himself,  writing  in  the  thirteenth 
century,  says  that  "often  the  demons  simulate  to 
be  the  souls  of  the  dead  to  confirm  heathens  who 
believe  this  in  their  error." 

Impersonation,  admittedly  so  frequently  ob- 
served and  practiced  in  our  time,  is  clearly  an 
ancient  trick,  but  strangely  successful  in  deceiv- 
ing the  scientific  mind. 

Now  what  are  the  practical  lessons  which  we 
learn  from  the  simple  facts  of  history,  pagan, 
Jewish  and  Christian ;  what  are  the  inferences  to 
be  drawn  from  them  ? 

1.  They  teach  us,  in  the  first  place,  that  so 
far  as  the  records  of  history  go,  it  is  evident  that 
a  mode  of  communication  between  the  world's 
seen  and  unseen  has  always  existed ;  that  the  wall 
dividing  the  two  states  has  always  been  "thin  in 
places."  Science,  therefore,  has  made  no  new 
discovery  and,  if  we  are  to  judge  by  the  beliefs 
and  practices  of  the  pagan  nations,  it  is  equally 
evident  that  some  kind  of  revelation  from  that 
mysterious  world  has  always  been  in  process  of 
delivery. 

[38] 


The  Evidence  of  History 

2.  We  are,  in  the  second  place,  confronted 
by  the  undeniable  fact  that  the  rulers  and  law- 
givers, under  God's  ancient  covenant,  always  and 
without  exception  pronounced  this  intercourse  to 
be  evil  and  forbade  it  under  the  severest  penalties. 
This  fact,  of  course,  can  only  be  accounted  for 
by  the  circumstance  that  it  was  not  only  contrary 
to  the  declared  law  of  God,  but  that  experience 
had  proved  these  practices  to  be  disastrous  to  the 
moral  life  of  the  people. 

The  Jews  manifestly  had  acquired  a  knowledge 
of  these  practices  in  their  contact  with  the  neigh- 
boring pagan  nations,  and  indulgence  in  them 
was  known  to  estrange  them  from  the  love  and 
service  of  the  One  true  God. 

And,  strange  to  say,  we  have  a  modern  scien- 
tific man,himself  a  confessed  spiritist,  recogniz- 
ing and  bearing  witness  to  this  fact,  and  confirm- 
ing the  reasonableness  of  the  Jewish  enactments 
on  the  ground  of  personal  experience. 

"'These  practices  were  condemned/'  writes 
Sir  William  Barrett,  "in  unmeasured  terms  by 
the  Hebrew  prophets.  .  .  .  They  were  prohibited, 
as  a  study  of  the  whole  subject  shows — not  only, 
or  chiefly,  because  they  were  the  practices  and 
part  of  the  religious  rites  of  the  pagan  nations 
around,  but  mainly  because  they  tended  to  ob- 
scure the  divine  idea  and  to  weaken  the  supreme 

[39  3 


The  New  Black  Magic 

faith  in  and  reverent  worship  of  the  One  Omnip- 
otent Being  whom  the  nation  was  set  apart  to 
proclaim.  .  .  .  Instead  of  the  arm  of  the  Lord 
beyond  and  above  them,  a  motley  crowd  of  pious, 
lying,  vain  or  gibbering  spirits  would  seem  to 
people  the  unseen;  and  weariness,  perplexity  and, 
finally,  despair  would  enervate  and  destroy  the 
nation/' 

And,  "the  same  peril,"  naively  continues  this 
spiritist  professor,  "exists  today  and  through  all 
time  will  continue  to  exist."  Here,  at  any  rate, 
we  have  a  learned  professor,  intimately  ac- 
quainted with  the  subject,  who  does  not  place 
any  confidence  in  any  new  revelations  emanating 
from  this  quarter  or  coming  to  us  by  means  of 
these  practices. 

3.  We  are,  in  the  third  place,  surely  justified 
in  asking  the  following  questions : 

How  comes  it  to  pass  that,  seeing  the  way  of 
communication  has  always  been  open,  the  great 
departed  teachers  and  exponents  of  Christianity 
have  never  made  use  of  it  in  order  to  disillusion 
us  respecting  our  supposed  misbeliefs  and  our 
misinterpretations  of  the  words  of  Christ?  Ac- 
cording to  the  new  spirit-revelation,  Christendom 
must,  soon  after  the  death  of  Christ,  have  lapsed 
into  the  grossest  idolatry,  worshipping  a  higher 
spirit  as  God,  and  building  up  upon  his  simple 

[40] 


The  Evidence  of  History 

teachings  a  so-called  supernatural  system  of  doc- 
trine which  is  wholly  without  foundation  in  fact 
and  inference. 

These  great  Fathers  and  Teachers  must  surely 
have  discovered  this  on  their  entrance  into  the 
spirit-world  and  must  have  conceived  a  burning 
desire  to  correct  the  error  and  to  inform  their 
disciples  and  followers  of  the  fact.  And  we  may 
surely  add  that  God  Himself  might  well  be  be- 
lieved to  be  a  willing  party  to  such  rectifying  dis- 
closures, for  were  not  His  own  honor  and  truth 
and  dignity  involved  ?  Indeed  we  may  go  so  far 
as  to  say  that  if  any  legitimate  and  lawful  means 
of  communication,  by  way  of  mediumship,  ever 
existed,  we  have,  in  view  of  so  serious  a  matter, 
a  right  to  expect  such  a  setting  right  of  mistaken 
ideas  and  beliefs. 

But  neither  have  such  rectifying  disclosures 
from  manifestly  verifiable  and  authentic  sources, 
and  by  means  of  a  safe  and  rational  method  of 
communication,  ever  come,  nor  is  there  the 
slightest  evidence  that  the  disciples  of  the  great 
teachers  named  have  received  any  impressions 
from  the  unseen  world  to  that  effect. 

Telepathy,  the  power  of  one  mind  to  impress 
another  mind,  is  now  universally  acknowledged 
to  be  a  phenomenon  in  constant  operation  in  the 
universe,  and  it  is  fully  conceded  that  if  this  can 

[4i] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

be  shown  to  be  so  in  the  case  of  incarnate  minds, 
it  may  be  presumed  to  be  possible  between  minds 
Jwcarnate  and  minds  wcarnate. 

And  the  doctrine  of  the  Communion  of  Saints 
fully  confirms  all  this.  We  pray  to  the  Saints 
and  ask  their  intercession  because  we  believe  that 
they  can  hear  us  and  that  they  know,  not  only 
what  is  going  on  in  our  minds,  but  what  is  going 
on  in  the  world  with  respect  to  the  work  in  which 
they  were  keenly  interested  while  on  earth. 

Now  imagine  St.  Dominic,  St.  Ignatius  or  St. 
Alphonsus  discovering  in  the  other  world  that 
their  teaching  had  been  all  wrong  and  that  their 
disciples  today  are  proclaiming  to  the  world  a 
most  deadly  error  and  superstition,  and  yet  these 
great  and  wise  men  finding  no  means  at  all  of 
conveying  this  fact  to  the  minds  of  the  living, 
either  by  direct  communication  or  by  means  of 
unmistakable  telepathic  impressions! 

If  credible  communications  can  be  made  by  the 
derelicts  of  the  spiritual  world,  they  can  surely 
be  made  by  the  spirits  of  great  and  intelligent 
and  conscientious  personalities  who  might  rea- 
sonably be  expected  to  devise  means  of  proving 
to  us  the  veracity  and  reliability  of  their  state- 
ments. 

Nothing  of  this  kind  has  ever  occurred.  So 
far  the  disclosures  of  the  "New  Revelation"  have 

[42] 


The  Evidence  of  History 

come  from  spirits  whom  we  cannot  identir 
lie  and  cheat  and  contradict  themselves,  anc 
adopt  a  method  of  communication  which  op 
the  door  to  a  hundred  errors  and  misapprehc 
sions   and   which,   in    most    instances,    prov 
morally  and  physically  disastrous  to  the  recipien 
Experience,  moreover,  establishes  the  fact  ths 
these  anti-Christian  exposures  generally  come  to 
those  who,  for  one  reason  or  another,  have  al 
ready   parted   with   belief   in   the   supernatura 
truths  of  Christianity,  and  their  experiences  are 
therefore,  examples  of  that  well-known  "adapta- 
tion to  existing  states  of  mind"   for  which   the 
spirits  of  the  seance-room  are  famous.     These 
adaptations  are  calculated  to  win  the  favor  and 
\  confidence  of  the  recipient.    We  all  know  today 
that  the  spirits,  as  the  late  Dr.  Lapponi  put  it, 
"are  pious  with  the  pious  .  .  .  learned  with  the 
lovers  of  learning,  thoughtless  with  the  gay,  vul- 
gar and  gross  with  the  vulgar."     Mr.   Stainton 
Moses  himself,  through  whose  mediumship  the 
most   authentic   spirit-messages   are   claimed   to 
have  been  received,  was  constrained  to  write: 

"Some  spirits  will  assent  to  leading  questions 
and,  possessed  apparently  with  the  desire  to 
please,  or  unconscious  of  the  import  of  what  they 
say,  or  without  moral  consciousness,  will  say  any- 
thing.    Such  motiveless  lying  bespeaks  a  deeply 

[43  1 


The  New  Black  Magic 

ture.   .    .    .   Such  an  impostor,  acting  with 
s  of  sincerity,  must  be  as  "satan  clothed  in 
at."3 

This  being  the  case,  how  can  we  ever  be  sure 
^at  a  credible  and  authoritative  disclosure  ema- 
nates from  this  source  ?  How  can  any  sane  man 
alk  about  a  new  revelation  issuing  from  such 
quarters  and  coming  by  such  means  ?  Whenever, 
)y  God's  permission,  without  any  human  initi- 
itive,  and  by  the  operation  of  laws  wholly  un- 
known to  us,  the  soul  of  some  saintly  person  has 
been  allowed  to  make  a  communication,  the  aim 
has  always  been  to  confirm  the  truth  of  the 
Historic  Faith  and  to  implore  the  recipient  to 
persevere  in  it.  And,  in  my  close  intercourse 
with  the  clergy  and  members  of  Religious  Orders 
in  all  parts  of  the  world,  I  have  never  found  that 
any  telepathic  impression,  calculated  to  affect  this 
Faith,  has  ever  been  received.  On  the  contrary, 
I  have  always  found  their  sense  of  the  truth  of 
the  Historic  Faith,  and  of  their  bounden  duty  to 
hold  it  in  all  its  fullness,  to  be  exceptionally 
strong.  In  individual  instances  the  loss  of  this 
Faith  can  always  be  traced  back  to  the  neglect  of 
prayer  and  to  a  loose  and  careless  mode  of  life. 
Logical  reflection,  therefore,  and  the  weighing  of 
all  the  facts  of  the  case,  from  the  historic  point  of 

3  Spirit-Identity. 

[44] 


The  Evidence  of  History 

view,  exhibit  the  utter  absurdity  of  the  claim  that, 
by  means  of  spiritistic  practices,  a  new  revelation 
is  in  process  of  delivery.  This  claim  is  wholly  in- 
consistent with  our  ideas  of  the  dignity  and  holi- 
ness of  God,  and  is  altogether  contrary  to  the  dic- 
tates of  right  reason.  In  view,  therefore,  of  what 
is  now  going  on  in  the  world  we  can  but  exclaim 
with  the  Hebrew  prophet : 

"With  desolation  is    the    whole    world    made 
desolate  because  no  man  thinketh  in  his  heart." 


[451 


IV 


THE  EVIDENCE  OF  FACT  AND 
EXPERIENCE 


THE  EVIDENCE  OF  FACT  AND 
EXPERIENCE 

In  examining  the  subject  under  consideration  in 
the  light  of  actual  experience  and  of  those  facts  to 
which  the  modern  reconstructionists  of  Chris- 
tianity are  strangely  reticent  in  drawing  atten- 
tion, we  concede,  of  course,  the  fundamental 
claim  of  Spiritism.  The  phenomena  observed  be- 
yond all  doubt  prove  the  existence  and  operation 
of  spirit-agencies  independent  of  and  apart  from 
the  observer.  In  view  of  the  abundant  and  strik- 
ing evidence  which  we  possess  today,  and  which 
is  the  result  of  long  and  severe  sifting,  we  need 
not  waste  our  time  in  any  contention  with  the 
doubter.  His  doubt,  for  the  most  part,  is  not  due 
to  superior  intellectual  acumen  but  to  ignorance 
of  the  facts,  and  all  we  can  do  is  to  refer  him  to 
the  recorded  facts.  If  he  then  continues  to  doubt 
he  must  either  be  afflicted  with  constitutional  ob- 
tuseness,  or  because  the  facts  established  are  seen 
to  upset  his  accepted  philosophy  of  life.  We  know 
that  there  are  some  persons  who  do  not  want  to 
believe  and  whom  no  kind  of  evidence  respecting 
the  spirit-world  would  convince.  Our  Lord  no 
doubt  had  such  persons  in  mind  when  He  said 

[49] 


The  New  Blacp:  Magic 

that  "they  would  not  believe  though  one  rose 
from  the  dead." 

I  have  already  gone  over  the  whole  ground  in 
my  other  books;  I  will  therefore  here  content 
myself  with  a  single  statement  from  the  pen  of 
Dr.  Venzano,  an  Italian  physician,  and  a  cautious 
and  experienced  investigator  of  the  phenomena 
of  many  years'  standing.  He  sums  up  his  de- 
tailed record  establishing  the  independence  and 
objectivity  of  the  manifestations  observed  in 
these  words: 

"The  duration  of  the  apparitions,  the  perfect 
agreement  of  the  experimenters  observing  them, 
the  shadows  they  cast  on  the  walls  of  the  gas- 
lighted  room,  all  serve  to  disprove  every 
possibility  of  hallucination.  One  of  the  most 
striking  peculiarities  of  the  manifestations  ob- 
served is  that  they  appeared  and  remained 
visible  for  some  time  in  such  brilliant  gas-light 
that  it  was  possible,  as  Professor  Morselli 
observed,  to  read  even  the  small  print  of  a  news- 
paper." This  surely  is  clear  and  should  be  con- 
clusive. 

It  is  a  question,  therefore,  not  of  the  reality 
and  objectivity  of  the  phenomena,  but  of  their 
interpretation.  What  confidence  can  we  be  ex- 
pected to  place  in  the  disclosures  made  by  their 
means  ? 

t5o] 


The  Evidence  of  Fact  and  Experience 

Sir  Conan  Doyle4  tells  us  that  "this  body  of 
fresh  doctrine  comes  in  the  main  through  auto- 
matic writing  where  the  hand  of  the  human  me- 
dium is  controlled  either  by  an  alleged  human 
being  ...  or  by  an  alleged  angel.  These  written 
communications  are  supplemented  by  a  vast  num- 
ber of  trance-utterances  and  by  the  verbal  mes- 
sages of  spirits  given  through  the  lips  of  me- 
diums. Sometimes  it  has  even  come  by  direct 
voices.  .  .  .  Occasionally  it  has  come  through 
the  family-circle  and  table-tilting.  .  .  .  Some- 
times it  has  come  through  the  hand  of  a  child." 

From  this  statement  an  inexperienced  or 
partially-informed  person  might  easily  be  led 
to  conclude  that  these  disclosures  come  to  us  un- 
sought for  and  uninvited — perhaps  by  some  im- 
pulse proceeding  from  God  Himself,  and  by 
means  of  some  gift  bestowed  upon  chosen  in- 
dividuals, not  unlike  the  revelations  and  inspira- 
tions imparted  to  prophets  and  apostles  of  old. 

But  this  is,  of  course,  an  entire  misapprehen- 
sion of  the  facts  of  the  case,  as  experience  and 
observation  have  established  them.  These  com- 
munications never  come  unsought  for  and  by 
normal  and  natural  means.     They  presuppose 

4 1  am  quoting  his  words,  not  because  his  statements  have 
any  specific  value,  but  because  they  represent  and  sum  up  the 
contentions  of  that  class  of  experimenters  who  claim  that,  in 
spiritism,  a  new  revelation  is  in  process  of  delivery. 

[Si] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

the  cultivation  of  what  we  term  mediumship. 
And  mediumship  is  not,  as  many  writers  would 
wish  us  to  infer,  a  natural  gift  but  a  certain  men- 
tal and  physical  condition  which  has  to  be  dili- 
gently developed  and  cultivated,  and  which  is 
really  a  morbid  and  abnormal  state  of  the  mind 
and  the  body.  It  is  beyond  all  doubt  true  that 
any  person  can  become  a  medium,  provided  he  is 
willing  to  submit  his  will  and  intelligence  uncon- 
ditionally and  systematically  to  the  invading 
spirit,  and  allow  his  body  to  serve  the  ends  which 
the  spirit  has  in  view.  The  degree  of  medium- 
ship  attained  depends  upon  the  frequency  of  the 
experiment  and  the  mental  and  physical  consti- 
tution of  the  subject.  In  some  instances  this  de- 
velopment is  very  rapid  because  there  is  a  natural 
tendency  to  pass  into  the  passive  state;  in  others 
the  protecting  barrier  which  nature  has  erected  is 
only  gradually  broken  down  and  the  development 
is  slow  and  labored.  But,  with  entire  willingness 
and  patience,  the  end  can  always  be  achieved. 
This  disposes  of  the  absurd  and  wholly  false  as- 
sertion and  belief  that  mediumship  is  a  gift  from 
God  which  must  have  been  imparted  for  a  wise 
purpose  and  which  we  are  consequently  justified 
in  employing.  To  those  who  have  witnessed  the 
repulsive  struggles  of  even  a  developed  physical 
medium  gradually  "passing  under  control"  there 

[52] 


The  Evidence  of  Fact  and  Experience 

cannot  be  any  doubt  on  the  subject.  And  all 
experimenters  know  that,  in  the  case  of  mental 
and  subjective  mediumship,  true  spirit-messages, 
unadulterated  by  the  subconscious  activities  of 
the  medium's  own  mind,  are  only  possible  when 
the  mind  is  entirely  passive  and  its  normal  con- 
scious operations  are  suspended.  The  familiar 
complaint  of  the  spirits  is  that  they  can  achieve 
so  little  because  passivity  is  so  imperfect.  Mr. 
Stainton  Moses  himself,  of  whom  Sir  Conan 
Doyle  tells  us  that  he  was  the  finest  medium  Eng- 
land has  produced,  and  through  whom  the  most 
credible  spirit-revelations  are  believed  to  have 
been  received,  tells  us  that  messages  were  written 
under  various  circumstances;  "as  a  rule  it  was 
necessary  that  I  should  be  isolated  and  the  more 
passive  my  mind  the  more  easy  zuas  the  communi- 
cation." The  first  fact,  therefore,  which  we  have 
to  recognize  is  the  circumstance  that  the  manner 
in  which  the  "New  Revelation"  is  delivered  is 
1.  A  Process  Contrary  to  Nature 
All  right-thinking  men  will  agree  that  mental 
health  depends  upon  the  unimpeded  exercise  of 
our  will-power  and  of  our  intellectual  faculties. 
The  aim  of  all  true  education  is  to  develop  and 
cultivate  these  to  the  very  utmost  and  to  enable 
us  to  guard  against  anything  in  the  least  calcu- 
lated to  interfere  with  them.  We  do  not  think 

[53] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

much  of  the  man  characterized  by  a  weak  will 
and  easily  swayed  by  the  ideas  and  feelings  of 
others.  The  development  of  a  strong  personality 
is  unthinkable  wherever  the  latter  is  the  case. 
Our  very  instincts  warn  us  against  the  perils  in- 
cidental to  any  invasion  of  our  personality  from 
without.  This  is  most  certainly  true  with  respect 
to  the  ordinary  conditions  of  life  and  our  inter- 
course with  our  fellows — with  the  men  and 
women  regarding  whose  aim  and  character  and 
disposition  we  are  able  to  form  some  kind  of 
judgment.  But  how  much  more  is  this  the  case 
with  regard  to  agencies  whom  we  cannot  see,  of 
whose  nature  and  disposition  we  cannot  form  any 
adequate  idea,  and  for  the  integrity  of  whose  aim 
and  purpose  we  have  only  their  own  statements. 
No  man,  thinking  logically  and  correctly,  would 
submit  himself  to  any  such  invasion  of  his  per- 
sonality, and  the  very  aversion  of  the  normal  man 
to  the  mediumistic  process  proves  the  existence 
of  the  barriers  and  safeguards  which  nature  has 
erected.  The  circumstance  that,  in  spiritistic 
practices,  these  barriers  have  to  be  broken  dowrn 
gradually,  and  in  most  instances,  with  disastrous 
consequences  to  the  medium,  is  evidence  that  the 
process  itself  is  against  nature. 

Now  it  is  an  indubitable  fact  that  such  an  in- 
vasion of  the  personality,  attended  by  the  weaken- 

[54  3 


The  Evidence  of  Fact  and  Experience 

ing  of  the  sense  of  responsibility,  and  of  the 
power  to  exercise  the  will  and  the  judgment,  is 
the  necessary  and  inevitable  accompaniment  of 
the  practice  of  mediumship.  So  certain  is  this 
that  even  professed  spiritists  are  constrained  to 
admit  it  and  to  utter  warnings. 

"It  is  this  weakening  of  the  sense  of  personal 
responsibility,"  writes  Sir  William  Barrett,5 
"that  constitutes,  in  my  opinion,  the  chief  peril 
of  Spiritualism.  Hence  your  gates  need  to  be 
guarded  with  jealous  care;  even  the  level-headed 
should  walk  warily,  and  the  excitable  and  emo- 
tional should  have  nothing  to  do  with  it;  for  the 
fascination  of  the  subject  is  like  a  candle  to 
moths,  it  attracts  and  burns  the  silly,  the  credu- 
lous and  the  crazy." 

And  with  that  naiveness  and  self-contradiction 
for  which  the  scientific  exponents  of  the  new 
Christianity  are  famous,  Sir  Oliver  Lodge6  him- 
self writes: 

"Self-control  is  more  important  than  any  other 
form  of  control,  and  whoever  possesses  the  power 
of  receiving  communications  in  any  form  should 
see  to  it  that  he  remains  master  of  the  situation. 
To  give  up  your  own  judgment  and  depend  solely 
on  adventitious  aid  is  a  grave  blunder  and  may 

"On  the  Threshold  of  the  Unseen. 
•Raymond  Or  Life  After  Death.    P.  225. 

[551 


The  New  Black  Magic 

in  the  long  run  have  disastrous  consequences. 
Moderation  and  common  sense  are  required  in 
those  who  try  to  utilize  powers  which  neither 
they  nor  any  fully  understand  and  a  dominating 
occupation  in  mundane  affairs  is  a  wholesome 
safeguard." 

But  how  this  self-control  and  preservation  of 
the  judgment  are  to  be  exercised  by  persons  in 
an  unconscious  or  semi-conscious  state,  and  with 
respect  to  unseen  agencies  whose  nature  and  aim 
they  cannot  possibly  determine,  these  men  do 
not  tell  us.  And  yet  they  would  have  us  be- 
lieve that  a  credible  revelation  can  possibly  be 
delivered  to  us  by  such  a  perilous  and  irrational 
method ! 

Sir  Conan  Doyle  goes  so  far  as  to  say  that  the 
gifts  bestowed  on  some  of  the  Apostles  and 
spoken  of  by  St.  Paul  in  his  First  Epistle  to  the 
Corinthians7  are  identical  with  the  phenomena 
of  mediumship,  and  indeed  boldly  asserts  that  the 
early  Church  was  "saturated  with  spiritualism." 
But  can  a  more  grossly  dishonest  interpretation 
of  Holy  Scripture  be  conceived?  Can  anybody 
imagine  St.  Paul  or  any  one  of  the  Apostles  sit- 
ting en  seance  with  a  clairvoyant  or  writing 
medium  ?  St.  Paul  does  not  say  that  the  various 
powers  referred  to  are  by  operation  of  spirits  but 

T  Chapter  XII,  11. 

[56] 


The  Evidence  of  Fact  and  Experience 

of  the  Spirit — this  Spirit,  according  to  the  pre- 
ceding verses,  being  the  Spirit  of  God.  The 
powers  displayed  in  modern  mediumship  are  cer- 
tainly not  gifts  by  which  the  Spirit  God  operates, 
but  effects  of  a  systematic  development  of  a 
faculty  by  which  created  spirits  can  work  certain 
marvels  in  imitation  of  those  worked  by  the  Spirit 
of  God. 

But  we  have  to  recognize  the  further  fact  that 
2.  The  Systematic  Practice  of  Mediumship 
Is  Always  Attended  by  Disastrous  Con- 
sequences, Mental,  Moral  and  Physical. 

This  effect  does  not  always  manifest  itself  im- 
mediately to  the  medium  and  the  percipient,  for 
the  simple  reason  already  stated  that  the  process 
is  a  gradual  one  and  that  nature's  barriers  are 
removed  one  by  one. 

In  the  case  of  the  mental  phenomena,  such  as 
automatic  writing,  trance-speaking,  etc.,  the 
steadily  increasing  degree  of  passivity,  varying 
from  a  mere  mind-impression  to  a  state  of  com- 
plete unconsciousness,  in  the  course  of  time  com- 
pletely paralyzes  the  will  of  the  medium  and 
makes  him  the  helpless  instrument  and  victim  of 
the  spirit  dominating  him,  who  then  infuses 
his  own  ideas  into  the  mind.  The  process  is  so 
subtle  that  it  is  often  barely  recognized  in  its 
initial  stages,  and  the  fact  itself  only  becomes 

[57] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

apparent  when  the  mischief   is   done  and   the 
spirit's  work  is  completed. 

To  produce  the  available  evidence,  illustrating 
and  confirming  the  truth  of  this  statement,  would 
require  the  writing  of  a  separate  book.  It  has 
been  my  painful  duty,  for  the  past  twenty  years, 
to  endeavor  to  bring  relief  to  and  save  the  victims 
of  modern  scientific  spiritism,  and  the  cases  with 
which  I  have  had  to  deal  are  practically  identical 
in  their  character.  I  can  best  describe  the  process 
at  work  in  the  words  of  a  well-known  scientific 
experimenter,  who  has  the  courage  of  his  opin- 
ions and  who  cannot  be  charged  with  preconcep- 
tion on  account  of  his  religious  belief.  He  is  a 
purely  scientific  student  of  the  phenomena.  Dr. 
H.  Carrington  writes:8 

"I  know  this  progressive  development  well.  I 
have  so  many  different  accounts  sent  me  from 
different  sources  that  I  know  each  step  of  the 
process  perfectly.  First,  slow  scrawls  or 
scratches  obtained  with  difficulty  and  after  long 
waiting;  then  the  formation  of  definite  letters, 
then  the  more  rapid  flow  of  the  handwriting  with 
intelligent  connection ;  then  personal  remarks,  an- 
swers, conversations,  lies,  impertinence;  then  the 
stage  in  which  it  seems  hardly  necessary  for  the 
subject  to  touch  the  board  at  all;  then  the  board 

s  The  Problems  of  Psychical  Research.     P.  333. 
[58] 


The  Evidence  of  Fact  and  Experience 

is  discarded  altogether  and  the  pencil  is  substi- 
tuted in  its  place.  The  writing  now  becomes  still 
more  personal,  the  subject  believes  that  the  hand 
writes,  she  comes  to  be  dominated  by  it.  Then, 
if  the  subject  still  continues,  rapid,  furiously 
rapid  writing  takes  place;  the  desire  to  write  is 
constantly  present;  pain  develops  at  the  base  of 
the  brain ;  then  the  pencil  is  discarded  and  writing 
is  performed  with  any  object  which  is  handy — a 
fork,  a  paperknife,  etc., — or  with  the  finger  in 
the  air;  finally  the  subject  seems  to  intuit  the 
words  before  they  are  written  out;  this  becomes 
more  and  more  intense  until  distinct  auditory  hal- 
lucinations result;  the  patient  listens  to  the  in- 
ternal voices  and  follows  and  believes  what  they 
say;  she  loses  sleep;  insomnia  sets  in;  a  strange 
light  is  seen  in  her  eyes;  all  sense  of  proportion 
is  lost,  the  subject  is  completely  wrapped  up  in 
the  internal  voices  and  pays  but  little  attention  to 
external  affairs;  she  is  completely  dominated  or 
obsessed  by  the  internal  reverie ;  to  all  intents  and 
purposes  she  has  become  insane. 

"I  doubt  not  that  many  hundreds  of  persons 
become  insane  every  year  by  reason  of  these  ex- 
periments with  the  planchette  board,  as  the  pres- 
ent subject  would  have  done  had  she  not  stopped 
her  experimenting  in  time.  .  .  .  The  way  in 
which  the  board  swore  on  occasions  was  extraor- 

[59] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

dinary  and  on  several  occasions  it  called  Mrs* 
C.  and  others  names  which  they  had  never  heard 
till  they  saw  them  spelled  out  on  paper  and  are 
of  such  a  nature  that  I  cannot  give  them  here." 
(p.  375  et  seq.) 

The  editor  of  one  of  our  weekly  publications 
quite  recently  sent  me  the  names  and  addresses  of 
three  persons  in  one  locality  who  had  had  to  be 
confined  to  the  asylum  by  reason  of  spiritistic 
practices,  and  respecting  whom  the  attending 
physician  stated  that  "the  use  of  the  ouija-board 
had  brought  about  a  state  of  dementia." 

I  can,  on  the  grounds  of  my  long  and  intimate 
acquaintance  with  this  aspect  of  the  subject,  con- 
firm the  literal  truth  of  this  statement  and  can 
but  add  that  I  doubt  very  much  whether  the  pro- 
tective barriers  thus  removed  can  ever  be  entirely 
replaced.  The  spirits  are  ready  enough  to  come 
but  they  do  not  go  away  quite  so  readily.  In  all 
the  cases  which  have  come  under  my  observation, 
the  automatic  process  had  proved  a  destructive 
one,  the  victim  remaining  subject  to  a  recurrence 
of  the  invasion  on  the  slightest  provocation,  and 
incessantly  battling  with  the  inclination  to  write. 
Where  this  impulse  is  systematically  yielded  to, 
as  in  the  case  of  public  automatic  or  inspirational 
mediumship,  the  invading  spirit  ultimately  par- 
ages the  normal  thinking  powers,  dominates  the 

[6o] 


The  Evidence  of  Fact  and  Experience 

will  and  the  sensory  organism,  until  the  mental 
and  moral  powers  of  the  subject  decay  and  he 
becomes  an  imbecile. 

"I  have,"  writes  Sir  Wm.  Barrett,  "observed 
the  steady  downward  course  of  all  mediums  who 
sit  regularly/' 

One  of  the  last  cases  of  this  kind  which  came 
under  my  observation  in  England  was  that  of  an 
intelligent  young  girl,  into  whose  hands  some  of 
these  recent  "scientific"  books  had  fallen  and  who, 
unaware  of  the  peril  and  in  all  good  faith,  had 
practiced  automatic  writing.  The  usual  fatal  de- 
velopment had  taken  place.  She  appealed  to  me 
when  all  other  efforts  to  obtain  relief  had  failed. 
I  did  all  I  could  to  save  her  but,  unfortunately, 
only  very  partially  succeeded.  In  two  of  her  last 
letters  addressed  to  me  she  wrote : 

1.  "During  writing  I  could  not  swear  to  being 
quite  conscious,  for  the  pencil  moves  rapidly  and 
I  lose  the  power  of  being  able  to  stop  it.  Twice 
it  came  out  in  some  peculiar  language  and,  the 
last  time,  it  was  so  disgusting  that  it  was  not  fit 
to  read  and  I  was  very  violently  sick  after  it. 
This  makes  me  wonder  if  I  am  really  conscious 
all  the  time.  I  have  striven  against  it  but  to  no 
avail.  There  come,  at  certain  times,  quick  and 
violent  jerkings  of  the  hand  and  arm  and  then, 
as  if  by  compulsion,  I  have  to  seize  a  pencil  and 

[61] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

a  bit  of  paper.  It  cannot  be  sin  now  as  I  have  no 
wish  to  do  it.  I  also  find  that  every  action  of  my 
life  is  controlled  by  one  dominant  spirit.  Often 
I  sit  and  my  astral  forms  itself  into  a  most 
hideous  personality  which  sits  in  the  opposite  cor- 
ner and  grins  and  mocks  me  to  distraction.  I  am 
sorry  you  know  of  even  worse  cases,  though  it  is 
a  little  consolation." 

2.  "I  am  sorry  and  ashamed  to  report  that 
automatic  writing  has  become  habitual — not 
through  my  fault,  as  I  have  struggled  and  strug- 
gled against  it.  I  find  you  are  quite  right — 
obscene  is  scarcely  the  word  to  emphasize  the  ter- 
rible nature  of  the  revelations.  It  is,  believe 
me,  quite  against  my  natural  inclinations  when 
normal;  but  I  will  not  excuse  myself.  Suffice  it 
to  say  that  I  am  really  unable  to  help  it." 

Another  correspondent  writes : 

"On  the  advice  of  a  well-known  authority  on 
Spiritualism  the  writer  and  his  wife,  who  were 
both  told  that  they  were  mediums,  attempted 
automatic  writing.  Almost  from  the  first  it  was 
successful,  and  some  very  remarkable  letters  have 
been  received  from  this  spirit  and  another.  But 
I  think  it  only  right  to  add  that  the  language  used, 
though  at  times  very  intellectual  and  scientific, 
was  of  such  a  character  that  we  were  compelled 
to  cease  all  communications  with  him.     Spirit- 

[62] 


The  Evidence  of  Fact  and  Experience 

ism  is,  alas!  too  true;  but  our  present  re- 
searches have  convinced  us  that  it  by  no  means 
bears  the  angelic  character  ascribed  to  it  by 
spiritists." 

In  Modern  Mystics  and  Modern  Magic,  Mr. 
Lillie  writes: 

"Over  and  over  again  Mr.  Stainton  Moses  (the 
great  writing-medium)  has  told  me  that  his  medi- 
umship  passed  through  one  very  grave  crisis  in- 
deed. Evil  spirits  assailed  him.  His  days  were 
perturbation  and  his  nights  were  terror.  Every 
sense  was  assailed.  The  foulest  stenches  spread 
through  his  bedroom.  He  tried  the  Indian  Yoga 
so  far  as  to  give  up  fresh  meat  and  wine.  This 
only  made  matters  worse.  To  an  earnest  clergy- 
men all  this  created  terrible  doubts.  Often  and 
often  Mr.  Stainton  Moses  thought  his  guides 
devils  from  Hell." 

If  experiences  such  as  these,  of  which  one  does 
not  often  find  records  in  the  official  accounts  of 
psychical  research,  were  brought  to  the  knowl- 
edge of  the  public  by  our  scientific  exponents  of 
spiritism,  would  any  sane  man,  I  wonder,  se- 
riously consider  the  contention  that,  by  means 
of  so  perilous  a  method  a  new  Revelation  is  in 
process  of  delivery  to  the  human  race  ?  It  seems 
to  me  that  only  a  person  who  has  himself  fallen 
yictim  to  this  method  of  operation,  and  whose 

[63] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

judgment  is  unbalanced  and  disordered,  can  ad- 
vance such  a  claim. 

With  respect  to  the  physical  or  objective  phe- 
nomena it  is  only  necessary  to  state  the  ascer- 
tained facts  of  the  case  and  to  let  these  speak  for 
themselves.  They  are  so  utterly  and  hopelessly 
destructive  of  the  popular  interpretation  of  the 
phenomena  that  spiritistic  writers  seldom  refer 
to  them  now,  and  when  they  do,  they  plainly  inti- 
mate that  the  best  evidence  in  favor  of  the  spirit- 
istic theory  must  not  be  sought  for  in  that 
quarter.  For  the  general  public,  however,  the 
phenomenon  of  materialization  has  the  greatest 
possible  attraction  and  fascination  and,  in  most 
circles,  it  is  regarded  as  the  one  most  to  be  de- 
sired and  to  be  striven  for.  And  the  spirits 
themselves  invariably  encourage  this  desire  and 
promise  the  phenomenon  as  a  reward  of  strict 
obedience  to  instruction  and  of  entire  conformity 
to  the  conditions  laid  down  by  them.  And  as 
materialization,  under  good  conditions,  compels 
belief  in  the  most  skeptical  mind,  we  cannot  be 
surprised  that  physical  mediumship  is  regarded 
as  the  summum  bonum  of  all  spiritistic  practices. 

I  pointed  out,  years  ago,  in  my  earliest  writ- 
ings, that  I  was  convinced  that  the  spirits,  in 
order  to  produce  perceptible  manifestations  in 
the   sense-world,   withdrew   from   the   physical 

[64] 


The  Evidence  of  Fact  and  Experience 

organism  of  the  medium  some  kind  of  vital  force 
or  matter.  In  dark  seances  I  had  observed  this 
subtle  matter  issuing  from  the  body  of  the  sensi- 
tive and  I  found  traces  of  it  on  my  earliest  photo- 
graphs. It  was  a  notion,  moreover,  entirely  in 
keeping  with  assertions  which  I  found  in  some  of 
the  older  books  on  Occultism.  They  speak  of  a 
kind  of  spirit-vampirism  which  is  in  active  oper- 
ation in  these  experiments  and  which,  in  its  fully 
developed  form,  tends  to  endanger  the  very  life 
of  the  medium.  Science  at  that  time,  of  course, 
dismissed  any  such  statements  as  these  with  that 
contemptuous  disregard  with  which  it  dismisses 
everything  that  does  not  bear  the  conventional 
scientific  impress,  but  which  is  in  reality  the  re- 
sult of  ignorance.  That  same  science  has  now 
been  compelled,  not  merely  to  admit  the  fact  it- 
self, but  to  put  it  on  a  true  scientific  basis.  Ex- 
periments, carried  on  in  private  laboratories, 
under  strict  test  conditions,  and  with  the  aid  of 
photography  and  of  scientific  instruments,  have 
established  the  existence  of  this  force  or  fluid  or 
matter  beyond  all  possibility  of  doubt,  and  have 
shown  clearly  what  the  method  is  by  which  these 
spirits  act  and  how  they  manage  to  produce  such 
astounding  phenomena. 

This  life-force  or  fluid  or  plasm  as  some  ex- 
perimenters term  it  (its  nature  and  constituents 

[65] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

being  at  present  unknown)  is  withdrawn  from 
the  organism  when  the  medium  has  passed  into  a 
deep  state  of  trance,  and  when  it  has  become 
sufficiently  separated,  the  spirits  manipulate  it  in 
such  a  way  that  they  are  able,  by  its  means,  to 
produce  all  the  desired  effects — from  the  moving 
of  a  planchette  or  a  chair  or  a  table,  to  the  shap- 
ing of  a  human  face  or  form. 

But  this  power,  so  far  from  being  a  gift,  is  the 
result  of  a  peculiar  morbid  condition  of  the  body 
which  can  only  be  achieved  by  a  long  and  patient 
process  of  development  and  by  a  rigid  obedience 
to  all  the  rules  laid  down  by  the  spirits.  It  is 
admitted  by  the  latter  that,  the  process  being  a 
complex  and  difficult  one,  all  those  present  must 
be  willing  to  aid  the  medium  by  yielding  some  of 
their  own  vitality  for  the  success  of  the  experi- 
ment. 

That  such  an  experiment  would  involve  perils 
to  the  medium  and  the  experimenters  must  be 
obvious  to  the  least  reflecting  mind.  How  very 
great  these  perils  are  can  only  be  appreciated  by 
those  who  have  witnessed  the  phenomenon  and 
who  have  observed  the  physical  and  mental  con- 
dition of  the  medium  when  recovering  from  the 
trance  state.  Yet  our  modern  exponents  of 
spiritism,  knowing  full  well  how  these  facts 
must   damage   their   cause  and  compel  an  in- 

[66] 


The  Evidence  of  Fact  and  Experience 

terpretation  of'  the  phenomena  very  different 
from  that  which  they  advance,  scarcely  ever  refer 
to  it.  We  get  the  facts  only  from  those  experi- 
menters who  work  on  true  scientific  lines  and 
who  have,  as  yet,  no  interpretation  of  the  phe- 
nomena to  offer. 

But  I  would  present  the  facts  and  let  these 
speak  for  themselves.  Mr.  Stainton  Moses  him- 
self describes  his  condition  during  the  process  of 
writing9  as  follows: 

"The  hand  tingled  and  the  arm  throbbed  and 
I  was  conscious  of  waves  of  force  surging 
through  me.  When  the  message  was  done  I  was 
prostrate  with  exhaustion  and  suffered  from  a 
violent  headache  at  the  base  of  the  brain.  Ask- 
ing the  cause,  the  spirits  (the  highly  intellectual 
Imperator  group)  replied:  Headache  was  due  to 
the  intensity  of  the  power  and  the  rapidity  with 
which  it  was  withdrawn  from  you.  You  could 
not  write  on  such  a  subject  without  displaying 
eagerness,  for  it  is  of  the  most  vital  concern  to 
those  to  whom  we  are  sent." 

A  famous  Italian  medium  makes  the  following 
statement : 

"I  have  been  asked  many  times  for  my  own 

'This  writing  being  in  his  case  of  a  "direct"  character  (without 
use  of  board  or  pencil  held)  partakes  of  the  character  of  a 
physical  phenomenon. 

[67] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

explanation,  but  I  have  none.  I  only  know  that 
I  can  feel  the  force;  that  it  seems  to  flow  out  of 
me  and  that  I  obtain  it  in  part  from  others.  When 
the  chain  of  hands  is  broken  I  can  do  nothing. 
Strong  men  give  me  added  power.  The  move- 
ment of  objects  correspond  to  the  movements  of 
my  body  and  to  the  director  of  my  will  before  I 
have  sunk  into  a  deep  sleep.  After  that,  as  I  said, 
I  know  nothing." 

Dr.  Hereward  Carrington,  who  was  one  of 
the  scientific  committee  investigating  the  phe- 
nomenon of  materialization  in  Italy,  some  years 
ago,  reported  as  follows : 

"During  the  experiments  in  Milan  it  was  found 
that  the  medium  lost  weight  in  a  manner  that 
could  in  no  way  be  accounted  for.  The  medium 
and  the  chair  in  which  she  was  sitting  were  placed 
upon  the  scales  and  their  combined  weight  was 
carefully  measured.  She  was  then  watched  care- 
fully to  see  that  she  threw  nothing  away  and  also 
to  see  that  she  derived  no  support  from  the  sur- 
rounding surfaces — the  floor,  etc.  Nevertheless, 
in  the  course  of  from  twelve  to  twenty  seconds, 
she  lost  about  seventeen  and  half  pounds  of 
weight.  At  the  fifth  sitting  a  similar  reduction 
was  observed  under  conditions  that  the  investi- 
gating committee  considered  perfect." 

The  late  Professor  Lombroso,  who  carried  out 
[68] 


The  Evidence  of  Fact  and  Experience 

a  series  of  scientific  experiments,  under  the  strict- 
est test  conditions,  observed  the  same  reduction 
of  weight  and  stated  that : 

"Before  the  seance,  she  (the  medium)  weighed 
176  pounds.  With  the  appearance  of  a  phantasm 
this  weight  diminished  to  83  and  afterwards  to 
54  pounds.  And  the  phantasm  weighed  the  dif- 
ference." 

Sir  Wm.  Crookes,  the  eminent  chemist,  and  one 
of  the  earliest  investigators  of  the  phenomena  of 
spiritism,  makes  a  statement  to  the  following 
effect : 

"After  witnessing  the  painful  state  of  nervous 
and  bodily  prostration  in  which  some  of  these 
experiments  had  left  Mr.  Home — after  seeing 
him  lying  in  almost  fainting  condition,  pale  and 
speechless,  on  the  floor — I  could  scarcely  doubt 
that  the  evolution  of  psychic  force  is  accompanied 
by  a  corresponding  drain  on  vital  force." 

But  incontrovertible  evidence  of  more  recent 
date,  both  as  to  the  existence  of  the  "psychic 
plasm"  and  of  the  effect  of  its  withdrawal  from 
the  organism  of  the  medium,  is  now  available. 
For  a  period  of  four  years — -from  1910  to  1914 — 
Dr.  Von  Schrenck-Notzing,  a  famous  Munich 
physician,  member  of  many  learned  societies  and 
author  of  many  standard  treatises  on  criminal 
psychology  and  allied  subjects,  has  carried  on  an 

[69] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

experimental  investigation  of  the  phenomenon 
of  materialization  under  conditions  in  which  the 
most  skeptical  and  exacting  mind  can  scarcely 
hope  to  discover  a  flaw.  In  view  of  the  fact  that 
Dr.  Von  Schrenck-Notzing  has  had  an  acquain- 
tance with  the  intricacies  of  mediumship  extend- 
ing over  a  period  of  25  years,  he  must  be  regarded 
as  well  qualified  to  impose  conditions  which 
would  constitute  effectual  safeguards  against  the 
very  possibility  of  deception  and  hallucination. 
The  Doctor,  moreover,  invited  to  this  long  series 
of  experiments  various  persons  of  high  standing, 
in  whose  judgment  and  powers  of  observation  he 
had  confidence.  Amongst  these  sitters  were 
medical,  scientific  and  literary  men  and  the  well- 
known  Dr.  Richet,  Professor  of  Physiology  in 
the  University  of  Paris. 

The  medium  with  whom  he  experimented  re- 
mained to  the  end  at  the  Doctor's  exclusive  dis- 
posal. She  lived  as  a  member  of  the  family  at 
the  house  at  which  the  greater  number  of  the 
seances  were  held  and  was  therefore  under  con- 
stant and  watchful  observation.  It  subsequently 
became  known  that,  at  the  instigation  of  persons 
hostile  to  the  investigators,  her  movements  out- 
side the  house,  too,  had  been  shadowed  by  detec- 
tives for  a  period  of  eight  months. 

In  the  course  of  his  experiments,  Dr.  Von 
[70] 


The  Evidence  of  Fact  and  Experience 

Schrenck-Notzing  discovered  that  by  covering  an 
electric  light  of  16-candle  power  with  thin  red 
material,  it  was  possible  to  obtain  the  phenomena 
in  fairly  good  light  and  to  eliminate  those  well- 
known  unsatisfactory  elements  which  are  known 
to  attend  the  holding  of  dark  seances. 

Before  each  sitting  the  medium  was  subjected 
to  a  rigid  physical  examination  at  the  hands  of 
experts,  and  she  had  to  exchange  her  ordinary 
dress  for  one  provided  and  prepared  for  the  pur- 
pose by  the  experimenters.  The  initial  state  of 
trance  was  then  induced  by  means  of  hypnotism. 

In  connection  with  some  of  these  experiments 
the  Doctor  employed  no  less  than  nine  cameras, 
thus  obtaining  excellent  photographs  of  the  phe- 
nomenon in  its  progressive  stages  of  evolution, 
enabling  him  to  test  and  verify  the  accuracy 
of  his  personal  observations.  The  plates  on 
which  these  impressions  were  obtained  were 
throughout  manipulated  by  himself  and  were 
finally  developed  in  his  presence.  Stereoscopic 
pictures,  too,  were  obtained. 

Dr.  Von  Schrenck-Notzing's  report  shows  his 
final  conclusions  to  be  in  agreement  with  those  of 
the  earlier  scientific  experimenters.  He  tells  us 
that  he  watched  and  photographed  the  issue  of 
the  mysterious  life-plasm  from  the  body  of  the 
medium,  the  formation  of  abnormal  arms  and 

[7i] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

hands  and  faces,  and  that  he  was  even  able  to  do 
what,  so  far  as  I  know,  nobody  has  ever  done 
before  him — to  secure  a  portion  of  the  mysterious 
substance  and  to  submit  it  to  microscopic  exam- 
ination. 

The  result  of  this  examination  would  seem  to 
show  that  physical  science  has  yet  many  problems 
to  solve  in  connection  with  these  extraordinary 
phenomena. 

In  my  opinion  the  most  interesting  and  evi- 
dently most  conclusive  of  these  psychic  photo- 
graphs are  not  those  on  which  the  fully  material- 
ized spirit-form  is  exhibited,  but  those  which 
present  various  heads  and  faces  and  forms  in  the 
process  of  evolution  and  therefore  imperfect  and 
incomplete,  the  plate  often  having  been  exposed 
before  the  full  degree  of  development  had  been 
attained.  It  is  difficult  to  imagine  how  the  evi- 
dence for  the  existence  and  objective  reality  of 
the  plasm,  and  of  the  phenomenon  of  spirit-mate- 
rialization by  its  means,  could  ever  be  made  more 
perfect  or  the  conditions  of  observation  more 
rigid  and  conclusive. 

But  what  is  of  surpassing  interest  to  the  seri- 
ous student  of  the  subject  in  this  connection  is 
Dr.  Von  Schrenck-Notzing's  account  of  the  effects 
of  these  experiments  on  the  physical  and  mental 
organism  Of  the  medium,  and  on  this  point  the 


The  Evidence  of  Fact  and  Experience 

Doctor  does  not  leave  us  in  any  doubt ;  his  state- 
ments are  clear  and  emphatic,  and  they  have 
about  them  that  fearlessness  which  is  the  char- 
acteristic of  all  true  science. 

He  writes  as  an  unprejudiced  investigator 
whose  sole  aim  and  purpose  is  to  record  facts, 
patiently  and  accurately  observed  and  studied, 
and  who  has  no  particular  theory  or  interpreta- 
tion to  defend  or  to  establish. 

He  tells  us  that,  "while  the  phenomena  were  in 
progress,  the  medium  groaned  and  trembled  and 
that  when  she  was  awakened  after  a  protracted 
sitting,  she  was  so  seriously  exhausted  that  she 
had  to  be  brought  to  bed."  On  one  occasion,  the 
Doctor  reports,  "her  loss  of  blood  was  consider- 
able, she  was  tired  and  feverish,  spoke  with  a 
hoarse  voice  and  coughed  a  great  deal."  At  the 
conclusion  of  another  seance  she  fell  from  one 
fainting  fit  into  another,  from  which  she  could 
only  be  awakened  by  the  use  of  alcoholic  stimu- 
lants, and  these  fainting  fits  recurred  three  times 
in  the  night.  When  the  Doctor  visited  her  the 
next  morning  she  was  still  in  a  dream-like  state, 
complained  of  pains  in  her  breast  and  vomited 
quite  a  wine-glassful  of  blood.  As  a  rule,  the 
Doctor  tells  us,  it  took  the  medium  two  days  to 
recover  from  the  nervous  prostration  resulting 
from  these  sittings. 

[73] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

To  what  kinds  of  abuse  the  unfortunate  victims 
of  a  misguided  scientific  curiosity  are  apt  to  be 
exposed  is  apparent  from  an  incident  recorded  in 
this  report.  On  one  occasion,  Dr.  Von  Schrenck- 
Notzing  tells  us,  while  an  ordinary  manifestation 
was  in  progress  there  appeared  suddenly  a  power- 
ful and  well-developed  man's  forearm  with  a 
hand  attached,  which  brutally  seized  hold  of  the 
young  woman  and  threw  her  with  force  into  an 
easy  chair.  She  screamed  and  was  so  dreadfully 
frightened  and  excited  that  the  seance  had  to  be 
discontinued  and  it  took  her  several  weeks  to  re- 
cover from  the  shock  which  her  nervous  system 
had  sustained. 

To  these  statements  I  would  add  that  the  fit- 
like  shaking  and  trembling  of  the  medium,  as  the 
vital  energy  is  being  withdrawn,  is  a  sight  repul- 
sive in  the  extreme,  and  is  an  evidence  that  a 
process  is  at  work  which  is  against  nature  and 
which  is  a  violent  removal  of  the  barriers  which 
nature  has  erected.  The  depletion  of  the  organ- 
ism, resulting  in  utter  physical  exhaustion,  neces- 
sarily leaves  the  medium  defenseless  and  an  easy 
prey  to  the  spirit  invading  it.  The  entire  process, 
therefore,  is  a  disastrous  and  destructive  one,  as 
another  student  of  the  subject  remarks:  a  rob- 
bery, a  deprivation,  a  retrogression,  a  deteriora- 
tion. It  results  ultimately  in  a  progressive  loss  of 

[74] 


The  Evidence  of  Fact  and  Experience 

memory,  in  inability  to  fix  the  mind  or  the  will 
consistently  on  any  subject,  in  a  steadily  increas- 
ing loss  of  self-control  and  moral  balance,  and 
in  that  natural  tendency  to  animalism  which  is  so 
well  known  a  characteristic  of  mediumship. 

I  consider  this  aspect  of  the  subject  of  such 
vital  importance,  and  bearing  so  strongly  upon 
the  interpretation  of  the  phenomena  that,  at  the 
risk  of  being  tedious,  I  have  quoted  somewhat 
fully  from  recognized  and  responsible  scientific 
authorities. 

It  is  a  suggestive  circumstance  that  when  Sir 
Conan  Doyle  speaks  of  the  abnormal  signs  ac- 
companying the  delivery  of  the  new  doctrines 
from  the  beyond,  he  makes  no  reference  at  all  to 
those  here  described.  But  from  statements  such 
as  these,  which  certainly  do  not  emanate  from 
writers  who  have  a  particular  religious  position 
or  creed  to  defend,  it  must  surely  be  evident  that 
the  mediumistic  process  is  an  inevitably  perilous 
and  therefore  an  irrational  and  immoral  one. 
And  yet,  we  are  asked  to  believe,  that  by  such  a 
process  a  New  Revelation  is  being  given  to  the 
world! 


[75] 


THE  EVIDENCE  OF  TRUE  SCIENCE 


THE  EVIDENCE  OF  TRUE  SCIENCE 

It  is  a  matter  for  congratulation  that  we  have 
amongst  our  modern  scientific  investigators  of 
psychical  phenomena  a  number  of  men  who, 
although  they  are  thoroughly  convinced  of  the 
reality  and  spirit-origin  of  the  phenomena,  never- 
theless strongly  repudiate  the  conventional  inter- 
pretation given  of  them  and  emphatically  point 
out  the  objections  which  true  reflection  and  a  con- 
sideration of  all  the  facts  of  the  case  must  neces- 
sarily raise  against  them. 

Their  warnings  and  reservations  will  be  seen 
to  be  indications  of  that  truly  scientific  temper  of 
mind  which  examines  a  problem  from  every  con- 
ceivable point  of  view  and  which  does  not  rashly 
jump  to  conclusions  on  the  ground  of  mere  sur- 
face evidence.  It  will  be  found,  too,  that  the  ma- 
jority of  these  men  have,  in  their  study  of  the 
phenomena,  remained  outside  observers  of  them, 
and  have  not  themselves  practiced  mediumship  in 
any  definite  form.  They  have  thus  been  able  to 
escape  that  subtle  invasion  of  the  mind  by  the 
operating  spirits  which  we  now  know  to  attend 
all  mediumistic  practices,  and  which  is  so  greatly 
calculated  to  affect  and  to  unbalance  the  judg- 

[■79] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

ment.  Some  of  them,  too,  are  no  doubt  men  of 
such  forceful  and  positive  mental  constitution 
that,  in  spite  of  their  frequent  assistance  as 
psychical  experiments,  they  have  not  fallen  vic- 
tims to  this  well-known  spirit-domination.  It  is 
to  such  men  alone  that  we  can  look  for  accurate 
and  reliable  information  on  this  complex  and 
thorny  subject.  It  cannot  be  too  frequently 
pointed  out  that  mediumistic  practices  are  calcu- 
lated to  enslave  and  pervert  the  judgment  of  even 
the  most  vigorous  intellect,  and  that  the  subtle 
influences  exercised  by  these  spirits  upon  the 
habitually  passive  mind,  account  to  a  large  extent 
for  the  wholly  illogical  and  grotesque  interpreta- 
tions of  the  phenomena  which  some  experi- 
menters are  placing  before  the  public  to-day.  At 
a  seance  held  in  London  not  so  very  long  ago,  at 
which  a  spirit  had  been  masquerading  as  a  de- 
ceased friend  of  the  family,  but  had  finally  been 
driven  to  admit  that  he  had  never  inhabited  a 
human  body,  the  assertion  was  made  that  it  was 
contrary  to  the  aims  of  the  spirits  to  allow  scien- 
tific men  to  become  convinced  of  the  existence  of 
evil  spirits.  "They  might  draw  certain  inevitable 
inferences,"  the  spirit  declared,  "and  become 
Christians,  thus  defeating  our  aims."  Does  this 
explain,  one  wonders,  the  vague  answers  to  ques- 
tions, the  many  tricks  and  contradictions  which 

[80] 


The  Evidence  of  True  Science 

cause  the  modern  experimenter  to  be  forever 
learning"  yet  never  to  be  coming  to  a  knowledge 
of  the  truth,  but  meanwhile  to  be  keeping  the  door 
of  communication  widely  open? 

My  long  and  exhaustive  study  of  this  aspect 
of  the  subject  has  thoroughly  convinced  me  that 
the  victims  of  these  spirit-operations  are  seldom 
fully  aware  of  what  is  going  on.  They  are  apt  to 
attribute  their  impressions  to  a  sort  of  progres- 
sive enlightenment  of  the  mind  due  to  a  knowl- 
edge obtained  from  a  study  of  the  phenomena, 
while,  in  reality,  they  are  due  to  the  circumstance 
that  the  mind  and,  of  course,  the  judgment  are  all 
the  while  being  tampered  with  by  the  very  intelli- 
gences whose  nature  they  are  investigating,  but. 
who  have  made  themselves  the  real  masters  of 
the  situation  in  the  process.  It  is  thus  that  sci- 
ence is  being  led  by  the  nose  and  that  a  credulous 
world  is  being  imposed  upon. 

On  page  57  I  have  given  an  account  of  the 
now  available  and  reliable  testimony  as  to  the 
effects — mental,  moral  and  physical — of  all  forms 
of  mediumships,  and  the  rightly  thinking  man  can 
scarcely  fail  to  recognize  that  this  is  in  itself 
sufficient  to  demolish  the  claim  that  by  such  peril- 
ous means  a  just  and  all-wise  God  is  imparting 
new  and  important  religious  truths  to  mankind. 
Such  an  assumption  would,  beyond  doubt,  lessen 

[81] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

our  reverence  for  God  and  be  offensive  to  our 
reason.  But,  as  I  know  full  well  by  what  subtle 
feats  of  mental  gymnastics  the  defenders  of 
spiritism  evade  this  difficulty  and  make  light  of  it, 
I  propose  to  go  still  more  fully  into  the  matter 
and  to  show  what  true  science  has  to  say  when 
the  problem  is  regarded  from  yet  another  point 
of  view. 

All  serious  students  of  psychical  phenomena 
are  fully  aware  that  the  real  crux  of  the  spiritist 
to-day  is  the  question  of  identity — the  necessity  of 
validly  establishing  the  fact  that  the  communicat- 
ing spirit  is  really  the  individual  he  claims  to  be 
— a  person  once  known  under  such  or  such  a 
name  in  this  world.  Sir  Oliver  Lodge  admits 
that  "the  question  of  identity  is  a  fundamental 
one  and  that  the  controlling  spirit  proves  his 
identity  mainly  by  the  reproduction,  in  speech  or 
writing,  of  facts  which  belong  to  his  memory  and 
not  to  the  automatist"  (medium). 

Now,  in  weighing  this  statement  in  the  light 
of  the  knowledge  which  we  possess  to-day,  we 
have  first  of  all  to  realize  the  fact  that  impersona- 
tion of  the  dead  by  deceiving  spirits  is  a  well- 
known  frequent  and  admitted  phenomenon  in  con- 
nection with  spirit-manifestations.  There  are  in- 
stances on  record  in  which  these  cunning  and 
crafty  beings  have  maintained  the  deception  for 

[82] 


The  Evidence  of  True  Science 

months  and  even  years ;  but  have  finally  been  com- 
pelled to  admit  and  confess  the  deception.  In  the 
case  of  even  the  most  accredited  mediums,  such  as 
Mrs.  Piper,  reserved  for  exclusive  use  by  the  So- 
ciety for  Psychical  Research,  such  impersonations 
were  constantly  taking  place  and  had  to  be 
allowed  for. 

Some  experimenters  are  strangely  reticent  in 
emphasizing  the  significance  of  these  impersona- 
tions and  their  manifest  bearing  upon  the  inter- 
pretation of  the  phenomena,  while  the  cool- 
headed  observer  who  has  no  pet  theory  to  de- 
fend, never  ceases  to  draw  attention  to  it.  In 
speaking  of  his  experiments  with  Mrs.  Piper,  Dr. 
H.  Carrington  reports  to  the  Society  for  Psy- 
chical Research: 

"I  gained  the  distinct  impression  throughout 
the  sittings  that  instead  of  the  spirits  of  the  per- 
sonages who  claimed  to  be  present,  I  was  dealing 
with  an  exceedingly  sly,  cunning,  tricky  and  de- 
ceitful intelligence,  which  threw  out  chance  re- 
marks, fishing  guesses,  and  shrewd  inferences, 
leaving  the  sitter  to  pick  these  up  and  elaborate 
them  if  he  would.  If  anything  could  make  me 
believe  in  the  doctrine  of  evil  and  lying  spirits  it 
would  be  the  sittings  with  Mrs.  Piper.  I  do  not 
for  one  moment  implicate  the  normal  Mrs.  Piper 
in  this  criticism." 

[83] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

Those  more  intimately  acquainted  with  psy- 
chical literature  are  familiar  with  the  spirit  who 
called  himself  Dr.  Phinuit  and  who,  for  many 
years,  masqueraded  as  a  deceased  Marseillais 
physician  through  the  mediumship  of  Mrs.  Piper. 
Few  doubted  the  fact  that  it  was  an  intelligence 
independent  of  and  apart  from  Mrs.  Piper, — no 
secondary  personality — since  he  possessed  knowl- 
edge entirely  outside  the  reach  of  Mrs.  Piper's 
mind.  But  respecting  the  identity  of  this  being 
with  a  deceased  French  physician,  Mr.  Leaf,  of 
the  Society,  wrote: 

"His  own  word  does  not,  in  view  of  his  moral 
standard,  apart  from  other  considerations,  carry 
even  the  presumption  of  veracity — nor  has  a 
single  one  of  the  numerous  statements  he  had 
made  as  to  his  life  on  earth  proved  capable  of 
verification.  On  the  other  side,  his  complete 
ignorance  of  French  is  a  positive  ground  for  dis- 
believing him  and  one  which  he  has  never  been 
able  to  explain."10 

I  have,  in  my  various  books,  given  striking  in- 
tances  of  this  kind  of  spirit-deception  which  have 
come  under  my  personal  observation  in  the  course 
of  my  researches  and  I  will  not  increase  the  bulk 
of  this  book  by  quoting  them  here.  I  will  but  add 
that  these  impersonations  are  regarded  by  the 

10  Proceedings  of  the  Society.    Vol.  VI,  P.  560. 
[84] 


The  Evidence  of  True  Science 

more  mentally  robust  among  psychical  re- 
searchers in  so  serious  a  light  that  Dr.  L.  P. 
Jacks,  LL.D.,  D.D.,  President  of  the  Society  for 
Psychical  Research  in  1917  and  Editor  of  the 
Hibbert  Journal,  was  constrained  to  make  the 
following  reservation  in  his  Presidential  Ad- 
dress : 

"Take  the  question  of  imposture.  Mediums 
are  not  the  only  impostors.  How  about  the  com- 
municators? Are  they  masquerading?  You  can 
have  no  absolute  proof  that  there  is  no  imposture 
on  the  other  side.  I  think  that  the  whole  meaning 
of  personal  identity  needs  to  be  very  carefully 
thought  out  and  considered  before  we  begin  to 
produce  evidence  in  favor  of  personal  identity." 

In  the  writings  of  Sir  Conan  Doyle  himself 
we  come  upon  so  singular  an  admission  as  this: 

"Guessing  on  the  part  of  the  controlled  there 
might  be — there  sometimes  was — and  occasion- 
ally there  were  direct  impersonations ;  but  that  is 
part  of  what  we  might  expect — at  any  rate  it  is 
part  of  what  we  got."  But  if  this  be  so,  what  be- 
comes of  the  "New  Revelation"  of  which  these 
masqueraders  claim  to  be  the  transmitters? 

Now  these  remarkable  and  admitted  instances 
of  spirit-imposture  lead  to  two  necessary  and  in- 
evitable inferences. 

1.  They  demonstrate  the  fact  that  these  spirits 
[85] 


Xhe  New  Black  Magic 

have  access,  under  certain  conditions,  to  a  great 
deal  of  information  respecting  the  characters  and 
lives  of  deceased  personalities. 

2.  They  make  it  abundantly  manifest  that  we 
can  never,  in  view  of  this  circumstance,  be  certain 
that  the  spirit  communicating  is  what  it  claims 
to  be  and  that  its  disclosures  are  of  any  value. 

Mr.  M.  Maeterlinck,  in  the  effort  to  discover  the 
source  of  the  information  possessed  by  the  spir- 
its, has  conceived  the  notion  of  a  kind  of  "cosmic 
mental  storehouse"  in  which  the  records  of  all 
human  lives  are  preserved  and  upon  which  spirits, 
getting  in  touch  with  the  right  kind  of  vibrations, 
may  be  able  to  draw  for  the  purpose  of  these  im- 
personations. 

"We  are  compelled  to  recognize,"  he  writes, 
"that  there  must  exist  somewhere  in  this  world 
or  in  others  a  spot  in  which  everything  is  known, 
in  which  everything  is  possible,  to  which 
everything  goes,  from  which  everything  comes, 
which  belongs  to  all,  to  which  all  have 
access,  but  of  which  the  long- forgotten  roads 
must  be  learned  again  by  our  stumbling  feet."11 

My  own  experiments  and  observations  led  me, 
years  ago,  to  the  conclusion  that,  whatever  may 
be  said  of  Maeterlinck's  cosmic  storehouse,  the 
main  sources  of  information  drawn  upon  by  the 

uThe  Unknown  Guest.    P.    82. 
[86] 


The  Evidence  of  True  Science 

spirits  are  the  subconscious  minds  of  the  medium 
and  of  the  sitters.  Recent  psychological  research 
has  definitely  established  the  fact  that  "the  sub- 
conscious mind  of  man  is  a  kind  of  vast  store- 
house wherein  are  preserved,  seemingly  without 
time  limit  and  in  the  most  perfect  detail,  memory 
images  of  everything  we  have  seen,  heard  or 
otherwise  experienced  through  our  sense  organs. 
It  is  also  a  kind  of  workshop  for  the  facile  ma- 
nipulation of  ideas  including  even  the  elaboration 
of  complicated  trains  of  thoughts."12 

Or,  as  Dr.  Morton  Prince,  another  psycholo- 
gist, puts  it: 

"We  should  not  overlook  the  fact  that  among 
mental  experiences  are  those  of  the  inner  as  well 
as  of  the  outer  life.  To  the  former  belong  the 
hopes  and  aspirations,  the  regrets,  the  fears,  the 
doubts,  the  self -communings  and  wrestlings  with 
self,  the  wishes,  the  loves,  the  hates,  all  that  we 
are  not  willing  to  give  to  the  outer  world  and  all 
that  we  would  forget  and  would  strive  not  to 
admit  to  ourselves.  All  this  inner  life  belongs 
to  our  experience  and  is  subject  to  the  same  law 
of  conservation."  13 

But  experiment  has  also  established  the  in- 
dubitable fact  that,  in  the  passive  state,  when  the 

"Psychology  and  Parenthood,  by  H.  Addington  Bruce. 
"The  Unconscious.     P.  85. 

[87] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

conscious  normal  activities  of  the  working  mind 
are  suspended,  this  subconscious  storehouse  is 
thrown  open  and  its  contents  become  accessible 
to  spirit-intelligences.  And  the  extent  to  which 
it  can  then  be  drawn  upon  by  them  and  its  con- 
tents manipulated,  depends  upon  the  degree  of 
passivity  attained  and  upon  the  experience  of  the 
particular  invading  intelligence. 

With  these  facts  clearly  before  the  mind  the 
thoughtful  reader  will  have  no  difficulty  in  real- 
izing the  vast  possibilities  which  are  at  the  serv- 
ice of  these  crafty  intelligences  and  to  what  an 
extent  the  investigator  can  be  deceived  and 
tricked.  In  some  instances  the  manipulation  of 
these  mind-images  or  phantasms  is  so  ingenious 
that  the  most  critical  observers  are  completely 
taken  in,  and  it  is  only  when  the  most  searching 
tests  are  applied  and  every  statement  made  is 
rigidly  scrutinized,  that  the  trick  is  discovered 
and  the  imposition  is  exposed. 

In  this  respect,  too,  however,  nature  would 
seem  to  have  erected  certain  barriers  and  to 
have  provided  for  the  venturesome  student  of 
the  subject  certain  safeguards  which  are  to  be 
found  in  the  circumstance  that  there  are  limi- 
tations to  the  powers  of  these  spirits.  They  can 
do  many  wonderful  things,  but  they  cannot  do 
everything  and  the  cloven  hoof  can  always  be 

[88] 


The  Evidence  of  True  Science 

detected  if  one  remains  on  the  alert  and  preserves 
a  rigidly  critical  attitude  of  mind.  I  dis- 
covered this  many  years  ago  and  my  own  conclu- 
sions were  confirmed  by  those  of  the  late  Pro- 
fessor Wm.  James,  of  Harvard,  which  he  ex- 
pressed to  me  in  the  course  of  a  most  interesting 
conversation  which  I  had  with  him  a  year  or  so 
before  his  death.  "It  seems  to  me,"  he  said, 
"that  these  strange  spirit-beings  are  under  some 
kind  of  inhibition  and  that,  wonderful  though 
their  powers  are,  they  are  certainly  limited." 
This  limitation  or  inhibition  consists  in  the  cir- 
cumstance that  they  cannot  always  read  and  in- 
terpret these  mind-images  accurately  and  that, 
in  their  manipulation  of  them,  they  are  apt  to 
make  disastrous  mistakes.  They  will  here  or 
there  draw  a  wholly  mistaken  and  impossible  in- 
ference from  a  clearly  discerned  fact  or  inci- 
dent, or  they  will  misread  or  misplace  the  phan- 
tasm— attributing  an  event  read  in  the  mind- 
record  to  one  life  while  in  reality  it  belongs  to 
another.  I  will  give  two  actual  occurrences  in 
illustration  of  the  truth  of  this  statement. 

When  I  was  engaged,  years  ago,  in  a  series  of 
experiments  carried  on  in  the  family  circle  and 
without  the  employment  of  a  public  medium,  a 
being  manifested  at  our  seances  who  claimed  to 
be  the  spirit  of  a  person  whom  I  had  known  inti- 

[89] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

mately  in  life.  The  accompanying  phenomena 
could  leave  no  possible  doubt  that  it  was  the  case 
of  an  individuality  wholly  independent  of  and 
apart  from  the  young  lady  acting  as  a  medium. 
He  referred  to  events  and  circumstances  which 
could  not  by  any  chance  be  known  to  her  and 
once  or  twice  to  matters  of  which  I  too  could 
have  no  knowledge.  He  came  to  us  night  after 
night,  each  time  bringing  proofs  of  his  identity 
of  his  own  devising,  and  these  were,  in  various 
respects,  so  startling  and  convincing  that  the  most 
skeptical  members  of  the  circle  became  con- 
vinced of  his  identity.  In  fact  they  became  irri- 
tated at  my  own  mental  attitude  which  was  that 
of  patient  scrutiny  and  observation.  For  some 
reason  which  I  could  not  explain  myself  I  was 
not  convinced  and  again  and  again  demanded 
fresh  proofs  of  identity.  One  never-to-be-forgot- 
ten night  I  caught  him  in  a  manifest  misstate- 
ment the  bearing  of  which  I  alone  could  appre- 
ciate. It  related  to  an  event  which  could  not  pos- 
sibly have  happened  in  his  life.  In  reply  to  fur- 
ther carefully  constructed  questions,  the  truth  of 
the  statement  made  was  insisted  upon,  and  the 
statement  itself  still  more  fully  elaborated. 
When  I  felt  sure  that  the  spirit  could  no  longer 
evade  his  statements  or,  by  any  of  the  well- 
known  tricks,  attempt  a  plausible  explanation,  I 

[90] 


The  Evidence  of  True  Science 

pointed  out  the  manifest  falsehood  of  the  state- 
ment, and  unexpectedly  charged  him  to  tell  me, 
in  God's  name,  whether  he  was  in  reality  the 
spirit  of  my  deceased  friend.  My  question  was 
followed  by  an  ominous  silence  and,  upon  being 
repeated,  yielded  an  emphatic  No! — a  reply 
which,  I  need  not  say,  left  all  the  circle  gasping. 
Upon  my  promise  not  to  send  him  away  and 
cease  the  inquiry  he  declared  his  willingness  to 
tell  us  how  he  had  effected  so  marvelous  an  im- 
personation. "I  obtained  all  the  needed  informa- 
tion/' he  declared,  "from  your  own  silly  thought- 
boxes.  You  sit  there  like  a  set  of  fools,  in  a 
passive  state  of  mind,  by  zvhich  I  am  enabled  to 
read  your  minds  as  you  read  your  New  Testa- 
ment." 

It  was  this  remarkable  occurrence  which  put 
me  on  the  right  track  in  my  search  for  the  main 
sources  from  which  these  spirits  draw  their  in- 
formation, although  it  must  be  admitted  that  the 
subconscious  minds  of  the  sitters  could  not,  in 
this  case,  be  the  sole  and  only  source  of  infor- 
mation. 

When  I  landed  in  New  York,  a  few  years  ago, 
I  was  invited  to  an  interview  with  the  late  Dr. 
Funk,  of  the  publishing  firm  of  Funk  &  Wagnalls. 
He  had  read  my  books  and  was  impressed  with 
the  evidence  which  I  had  presented,  but,  as  a 

[9i3 


The  New  Black  Magic 

confirmed  spiritualist,  he  made  light  of  my  warn- 
ings and  reservations  and  thought,  no  doubt,  that 
they  were  largely  due  to  my  religious  beliefs  and 
convictions.  Still  it  was  evident  to  me  that  he, 
too,  had  his  misgivings.  He  maintained,  how- 
ever, that  he  had  established  the  identity  of  his 
deceased  wife  to  his  entire  satisfaction.  She 
communicated  with  him,  he  told  me,  through  all 
the  mediums  he  visited,  proved  her  identity  by 
certain  signs  agreed  upon,  and  spoke  intimately 
of  the  most  private  affairs  of  her  supposed  past 
earth-life.  Dr.  Funk  and  I  parted  excellent 
friends  who  agreed  to  differ.  A  year  or  so  later, 
on  my  return  to  New  York,  I  rang  up  my  friend. 
He  expressed  his  great  delight  at  the  opportunity 
of  meeting  me  again,  and  begged  me  to  visit  him 
at  once  as  he  had  a  great  deal  to  tell  me.  I  found 
him  in  a  state  of  great  depression,  quite  ready 
now,  however,  to  consider  my  view  of  the  matter. 
His  story  was  as  follows :  He  had  visited  a  me- 
dium who  could  not  possibly  know  him,  and  who 
had  most  certainly  never  seen  him  before.  His 
spirit-wife  had  communicated  at  once  and  had 
given  the  usual  sign  of  identification,  continuing 
a  conversation  which  had  been  broken  off  else- 
where. In  the  course  of  this  conversation  she  had 
had  occasion  to  refer  to  her  death,  but  in  a  man- 
ner which  startled  Dr.  Funk,  and,  for  the  first 

[92] 


The  Evidence  of  True  Science 

time,  aroused  his  suspicion.  He  inquired  cau- 
tiously: "Tell  me  again  under  what  circumstances 
did  you  leave  your  body."  She  replied,  "Why  this 
question  ?  You  surely  know" ;  and  she  then  pro- 
ceeded to  describe  what  she  claimed  to  be  the 
manner  of  her  death,  but  what  in  reality  corre- 
sponded to  that  of  his  deceased  mother,  his  wife 
having  died  in  an  entirely  different  manner  and 
from  quite  a  different  complaint.  Here  too  mani- 
festly the  masquerading  spirit  had  "tapped"  the 
subconscious  mind  of  poor  Dr.  Funk  but  had, 
in  the  manipulation  of  the  phantasm  secured, 
made  the  most  startling  mistake. 

So  far  as  the  evidence  obtainable  from  spirit- 
photography  is  concerned,  we  have  it  on  the  high 
authority  of  the  late  Mr.  Traill  Taylor,  for  years 
president  of  the  British  Royal  Photographical 
Society,  that  "psychic  pictures"  can  be  obtained 
under  the  strictest  test  conditions.  Mr.  Taylor 
gave  to  the  Society  an  interesting  account  of  his 
own  experiments  in  which  he  detailed  the  method 
of  operation  adopted  and  the  precautions  taken 
by  him.  I  have  myself  obtained  such  pictures 
and  have  given  illustrations  of  the  safeguards 
employed  in  my  book,  "The  Dangers  of  Spirit- 
ualism." But  Mr.  Taylor  agrees  with  me  that 
such  pictures  are  quite  worthless  as  aids  to  es- 
tablish spirit-identity.    He  calls  them  thought— 

[93] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

or  mind— or  memory — pictures  or  projections, 
and  traces  them  back  to  the  sub-conscious  mind 
of  the  medium  or  of  the  experimenter. 

He  states,  in  confirmation  of  the  correctness 
of  this  view,  that  pictures  have  been  obtained  of 
the  conventional  angels  with  wings,  as  the  ordi- 
nary mind  has  been  led  to  imagine  them. 

It  is  further  confirmed  by  the  circumstance 
that  on  some  of  these  pictures  there  appear,  with 
the  spirit-form  of  their  departed  owners,  de- 
ceased pet  dogs  and  cats  and  parrots,  for  whom  a 
continued  existence  is  claimed  in  the  other  world, 
but  which  are  manifestly  images  drawn  from  the 
memories  of  the  medium  or  of  the  sitters  and 
manipulated  by  the  spirits. 

Striking  evidence  in  support  of  this  contention 
is  given  in  the  great  work  of  the  German  physi- 
cian already  referred  to,  in  which  he  presents  us 
with  a  detailed  and  illustrated  account  of  his  ex- 
periments extending  over  a  period  of  four  years. 

"Spirit-photographs"  were  obtained  by  him 
which,  upon  examination,  were  found  to  be  slight- 
ly modified  presentations  of  pictures  which  the 
medium  must  have  seen  and  which  had  certainly 
appeared  in  a  popular  French  newspaper. 

Some  years  ago  the  deceased  British  Cardinals 
were  very  much  in  evidence  in  London  seance- 
rooms.     The  late  Cardinal  Newman  especially 

[94] 


The  Evidence  of  True  Science 

was  believed  to  appear  regularly  at  a  house  well 
known  to  me  and  I  have  seen  several  post-mortem 
photographs  of  him.  But  I  found  that  they  all 
differed  very  considerably  and  that  this  difference 
could  be  traced  back  to  the  image  of  the  late  Car- 
dinal which  the  individual  observer  had  in  his 
mind,  or  to  a  published  photograph  of  him  which 
he  had  seen. 

We  have,  furthermore,  photographs  on  which 
the  materialized  spirit  appears  as  he  existed  at 
various  ages  in  his  physical  body,  in  one  case  as 
a  child  or  youth,  in  another  as  a  grown-up  per- 
son, the  presentation  evidently  corresponding 
with  the  peculiar  mind-image  which  the  experi- 
menter had  retained  of  the  deceased. 

I  have  in  my  possession  a  photograph  obtained 
in  a  city  which  I  had  never  visited  before  and 
on  which  there  appears  by  my  side  a  fairly  good 
picture  of  a  deceased  member  of  my  family ;  but, 
alas !  for  Sir  Conan  Doyle  and  his  theories,  there 
is  on  the  same  photograph  also  the  image  of  a 
person  well  known  to  me  who  is  still  living,  but 
not  as  she  is  now,  an  elderly  lady,  but  as  I  knew 
her  years  ago  and  as  I  best  remember  her — a 
young  married  woman.  Proof  positive  this, 
surely,  that  these  images  are  not  photographs  of 
the  living  dead  as  they  now  exist  in  their  new 
spirit-bodies,  but  materialized  phantasms  taken 

[95] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

from  the  subconscious  memories  of  surviving 
relatives  and  friends.  The  masquerading  spirits 
clearly  cannot  always  distinguish  the  mental 
phantasms  of  the  dead  from  those  of  the  living, 
and  it  is  here  where  the  critical  and  experienced 
investigator  gets  on  the  track  of  the  deception. 
It  will  be  seen  from  these  occurrences  alone 
what  is  possible  in  this  direction  and  how  utterly 
worthless  all  this  material  is  as  evidence  of  the 
fact  and  nature  of  the  new  spirit-body  or  of 
spirit-identity.  But,  as  I  have  said  before,  it  is 
practically  demonstrated  that  the  passive  sub- 
conscious mind  is  not  the  only  source  from  which 
these  spirits  draw  that  information  which  en- 
ables them  to  pose  so  successfully  as  the  spirits 
of  the  dead.  I  am  convinced  that  any  fact  or 
incident  or  human  characteristic  which  has  in 
any  wise  become  extant — either  by  way  of  writ- 
ing, or  verbal  expression,  or  photography,  or 
indeed  by  any  outward  sign  or  manifestation — 
is  accessible  to  spirit-intelligence  and  can,  under 
certain  conditions,  be  made  to  serve  the  end  in 
view.  Indeed,  so  well  is  this  recognized  by 
serious  students  of  the  subject  that  they  admit 
that  we  know  today  of  nothing  that  could  estab- 
lish the  identity  of  a  communicating  spirit.  It 
is  seen  that  if  such  identity  is  ever  to  be  estab- 
lished, it  is  for  the  spirits  to  furnish  the  evidence 

[96] 


The  Evidence  of  True  Science 

in  a  form  and  by  a  method  of  their  own  devising 
and  which  can  leave  no  doubt  in  any  mind. 

"Do  they"  (the  spirits)  "not  yet  know,"  writes 
Mr.  Maeterlinck,14  "that  the  sign  which  will  prove 
to  us  that  they  survive  is  to  be  found  not  with  us 
but  with  them,  on  the  other  side  of  the  grave? 
Why  do  they  come  back  with  empty  hands  and 
empty  words?  Is  that  what  one  finds  when  one 
is  steeped  in  infinity   .    .    .    ?" 

"All  things  considered,  as  in  other  attempts 
and  notably  those  of  the  famous  medium  Stainton 
Moses,  there  is  the  same  characteristic  inability 
to  bring  us  the  veriest  particle  of  truth  or  knowl- 
edge of  which  no  vestige  could  be  found  in  a  liv- 
ing brain  or  in  a  book  written  on  this  earth.  And 
yet  it  is  inconceivable  that  there  should  not  some- 
where exist  a  knowledge  that  is  not  ours  and 
truths  other  than  those  which  we  possess  here 
below." 

"The  spirit  Grocyn,  for  instance  (communi- 
cating through  Stainton  Moses),  furnished  cer- 
tain information  about  Erasmus  which  was  at 
first  thought  to  have  been  gathered  in  the 
other  world,  but  which  was  subsequently  dis- 
covered in  forgotten  but  nevertheless  accessible 
books." 

On  one  occasion  Mr.  Stainton  Moses  received  a 

u  Fortnightly  Review,  Sept.-Oct.,  1913. 

[97] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

series  of  messages  from  musical  composers,  giv- 
ing the  principal  data  of  their  respective  lives  as 
they  may  be  found  in  every  biographical  diction- 
ary, with  hardly  anything  more.  Their  peculiar 
nature  excited  his  surprise  and,  on  inquiry,  he  was 
informed  by  his  guides,  "that  these  were  in  fact 
messages  from  the  spirits  in  question,  but  that 
they  refreshed  the  memory  of  their  earthly  lives 
by  consulting  printed  sources  of  information." 
In  commenting  upon  this  incident  the  late  Mr. 
F.  W.  H.  Myers  wrote:  "It  is  obvious  that  this 
is  to  drop  the  supposed  proofs  of  identity  alto- 
gether. If  any  given  spirit  can  consult  his  own 
printed  life,  so  also  presumably  can  other  spirits, 
and  so  perhaps  can  the  still  incarnate  spirit  of 
the  automatist  himself.  In  one  of  his  more  re- 
cent works15  the  spiritist  Professor  Sir  Wm. 
Barrett  naively  remarks : 

"If  we  had  no  other  evidence  than  automatic 
writing  (the  chief  means  of  delivery  of  the  "New 
Revelation,"  according  to  Sir  Conan  Doyle)  we 
might  conclude  that  the  manufacture  of  puzzles 
and  enigmas  is  the  sole  faculty  and  employment 
of  discarnate  spirits." 

There  are  many  forms  of  mediumship,  too,  in 
which  extraneous  spirit-action  need  not  be  as- 
sumed, and  where  telepathy  may  conceivably  ex- 

10  Psychical  Research.     P.  245. 

[98] 


The  Evidence  of  True  Science 

plain  the  phenomenon.  It  is  evident  from  cases 
on  record  that  we  are  here,  too,  confronted  by 
vast  possibilities,  not  only  on  the  part  of  the  sub- 
conscious mind-activities  of  the  medium,  but  also 
on  that  of  the  spirit-operators.  But  they  also 
show  us  to  what  an  infinite  amount  of  self-decep- 
tion and  misinterpretation  these  phenomena  are 
liable. 

In  a  recently  published  book16  the  following 
very  interesting  and  suggestive  incident  is  re- 
corded: A  lady,  Miss  A.,  on  her  way  to  a  clair- 
voyant medium,  called  on  Mrs.  B.,  whose  mind  at 
the  time  was  very  much  occupied  with  some  im- 
portant matter,  of  which,  however,  she  made  no 
mention  to  her  visitor.  Miss  A.'s  seance  was  so 
unsuccessful  that,  on  her  way  home,  she  again 
called  on  Mrs.  B.  to  tell  her  of  her  disappoint- 
ment. Mrs.  B.,  on  asking  for  particulars,  found 
to  her  amazement  that,  while  all  the  visions  given 
by  the  clairvoyant  medium  had  absolutely  no 
meaning  for  Miss  A.,  they  had  unmistakable  ref- 
erence to  the  matter  occupying  her  (Mrs.  B/s) 
mind.  The  visions  had,  moreover,  been  ushered 
in  by  a  Chinaman  in  gorgeous  apparel,  and  Mrs. 
B.  had  that  morning,  on  passing  the  Chinese  Em- 
bassy, observed  a  Chinaman,  gorgeously  arrayed, 
coming  down  the  steps.    Does  not  an  incident  of 

16  Immortality. 

[99l 


The  New  Black  Magic 

this  kind  throw  a  vast  amount  of  light  on  the 
nature  and  origin  of  these  phenomena? 

Now  with  these  well-established  and  incontro- 
vertible facts  before  the  mind,  we  shall  be  in  a 
position  to  rightly  estimate  the  value  of  the  evi- 
dence adduced  by  Lodge  and  Doyle  in  favor  of 
spirit-identity.  It  will  be  seen  at  a  glance  that 
it  is  wholly  and  utterly  worthless. 

Let  us  first  of  all  take  the  case  of  Miss  Julia 
Ames,  "who  told  Mr.  Stead  things  in  her  own 
earth-life  of  which  she  could  not  have  had  cog- 
nizance," but  which  were  shown  "when  tested 
to  be  true." 

There  is,  in  the  first  place,  the  more  than  prob- 
ability that  many  of  these  things,  if  not  all  of 
them,  were  really  embedded  in  Mr.  Stead's  sub- 
conscious mind  but  wholly  forgotten  by  him. 
(Miss  Ames  was  a  personal  friend  of  Mr.  Stead 
for  many  years.)  In  their  reproduction,  there- 
fore, they  would  appear  to  Mr.  Stead's  normal 
mind  as  new  matter. 

But,  in  the  second  place,  the  very  circumstance 
that  the  truth  of  the  matter  produced  could  be 
tested  by  inquiry  is  evidence  that  it  was  in  some 
form  extant,  i.e.,  contained  in  some  book,  or  rec- 
ord, or  article,  or  in  some  other  living  mind  and 
was  therefore  accessible  to  spirit-intelligence. 
We  have  seen  from  the  instances  cited  above  that, 

[  ioo] 


The  Evidence  of  True  Science 

as  such,  it  has  no  value  whatever  as  a  proof  or 
evidence  of  identity. 

In  the  case  of  Raymond  recorded  by  Sir  Oliver 
Lodge,  the  same  argument  applies  respecting  "all 
sorts  of  details  of  his  home  life  which  his  own 
relatives  had  to  verify  before  they  found  them  to 
be  true."  Such  details  could  easily  have  been 
drawn  from  the  subconscious  mind  of  some 
member  of  the  Lodge  family  or  from  some  dis- 
tant mind,  or  from  information  extant  in  one 
form  or  another.  I  am  persuaded  that,  years  ago, 
Sir  Oliver  Lodge  would  himself  have  rejected 
any  such  disclosures  and  communications  as  re- 
liable evidence  of  spirit-identity.  And  I  may  add 
that  very  few  of  the  well-informed  members  of 
the  Psychical  Research  Society  would  be  found 
to  accept  it  today. 

As  regards  the  photograph  of  his  son,  "no  copy 
of  which  had  reached  England,"  the  act  of  its 
impression  on  the  sensitive  plate  was  an  occur- 
rence not  only  manifestly  extant,  but  also  known 
to  a  number  of  persons  retaining  this  knowledge 
in  their  minds.  For  the  spirits  surrounding  Sir 
Oliver  Lodge,  who  was  constantly  sitting  in 
seances  and  who  was  known  to  be  incessantly 
searching  for  evidence  of  identity,  it  was  prob- 
ably an  easy  thing  to  obtain  this  information 
from  the  mind  of  one  of  his  son's  fellow  officers 

[101] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

who  was  one  of  the  group  photographed,  and  to 
convey  it  to  the  medium  in  London  and  thus  to 
Sir  Oliver  Lodge.  Again,  hosts  of  spirits 
were,  beyond  doubt,  witnesses  of  the  taking 
of  the  photograph,  any  one  of  whom  would 
have  been  able  to  impress  the  mind  of  the 
London  medium  with  the  fact.  And  a  public 
man  like  Sir  Oliver  Lodge,  whose  picture  has 
appeared  in  a  hundred  newspapers,  could  never 
claim  to  be  wholly  unknown  to  any  particular 
medium. 

I  have,  in  the  course  of  my  own  researches, 
found  repeatedly  that  intimate  conversations, 
carried  on  in  the  open  air  and  at  some  distance 
from  the  seance-room,  had  been  overheard  and 
were  intelligently  commented  upon  on  our  return 
and  before  we  could  ask  any  questions.  While 
in  Australia,  some  years  ago,  some  of  my  doings 
and  movements  were  made  known  to  a  lady  in 
England  who  was  then  deep  in  spiritistic  re- 
searches, and  whom  I  have  since  been  able  to  save 
from  the  asylum. 

On  one  occasion,  when  a  fog  detained  me  in 
London  and  the  members  of  our  circle  were  anx- 
ious to  ascertain  whether  I  would  be  able  to  be 
present  at  the  sitting,  I  was  accurately  located  by 
the  spirits,  and  the  arrival  at  and  departure  of 
my  train  from  the  various  stations  and  the  mo- 

[  102] 


The  Evidence  of  True  Science 

ment  of  my  arrival  at  the  house  were  given  with 
the  most  astonishing  correctness. 

It  will  be  seen,  therefore,  what  extraordinary 
possibilities  are  within  the  reach  of  these  spirits 
and  that  incidents  such  as  those  cited  by  Doyle 
and  Lodge  cannot  by  any  possible  chance  be  taken 
as  proofs  of  identity. 

One  is  astonished  to  find  at  this  hour  of  the 
day  serious-minded  men,  acquainted  with  the  in- 
tricacies of  the  subject,  citing  as  evidence  of 
identity  communications  from  a  spirit  wholly  un- 
known to  them,  but  whose  actual  existence  and 
the  mode  and  place  of  whose  death  have  been 
verified  by  inquiry.  We  are  daily  reading  in  the 
newspapers  of  the  lives  and  deaths  of  persons 
unknown  to  us  and,  whether  interested  or  not, 
these  incidents  are  absorbed  by  our  subconscious 
minds  and  become  permanent  possessions  of  our 
mental  storehouse.  We  have  no  conscious  recol- 
lection of  them  and  do  not  recognize  them  when 
they  are  presented  to  the  working  mind.  What  is 
easier  for  a  spirit  than  to  extract  them  from  the 
subconscious  storehouse  and  to  dramatize  them 
in  a  form  that  has  the  most  vivid  appearance  of 
reality.  One  would  imagine  that  the  most  super- 
ficially informed  student  of  the  phenomena  would 
discern  the  clumsiness  of  the  trick,  and  would 
refuse  to  accept  that  kind  of  thing  as  evidence  of 

[  103] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

identity.  But  it  is  wonderful  what  men  will  get 
themselves  to  believe  when  the  mind  is  predis- 
posed in  some  particular  direction  or  fascinated 
by  some  plausible  theory. 

There  is  a  further  consideration  which  I 
should  like  to  submit  to  the  thoughtful  reader. 
It  is  well  known  today  that,  for  the  production 
of  true  manifestations,  a  considerable  amount  of 
intelligence  and  experience  are  called  for  on  the 
part  of  the  operating  spirit.  Subtle  forces  have 
to  be  manipulated,  barriers  have  to  be  broken 
down,  and  mental  and  physical  obstructions  on 
the  human  side  removed.  The  spirits  admit  that 
they  themselves  are  learners  and  experimenters 
in  a  region  bristling  with  difficulties  and  that  it 
is  by  no  means  an  easy  thing  for  them  "to  get  a 
message  through"  to  our  plane  of  life,  as  they 
put  it. 

Now  is  it  not  a  remarkable  circumstance  that 
while  many  of  the  "higher"  spirits  claim  to  have 
been  long  at  work  at  this  kind  of  thing  with  ad- 
mittedly limited  success,  a  young  officer  who,  in 
his  earth-life,  had  taken  no  interest  in  the  sub- 
ject, should  so  readily  and  so  soon  after  his  death 
have  found  the  means  of  easy  communication 
with  his  people.  One  wonders  how  and  where 
he  learned  to  manipulate  the  subtle  and  complex 
forces  which  made  such  communication  possible. 

[  104] 


The  Evidence  of  True  Science 

But  it  seems  to  me  that  I  cannot  better  sum  up 
the  entire  argument  of  this  chapter  than  by  quot- 
ing a  striking  paragraph  from  the  pen  of  the  late 
Dr.  Orestes  Brownson,  who  had  himself  experi- 
mentally observed  and  studied  the  phenomena 
and  whose  book,  The  Spirit  Rapper,17  is  perhaps 
one  of  the  best  we  have  on  the  subjtct. 

"Undoubtedly  the  supposed  dead  bring  pre- 
tended proofs  of  their  identity,  but  these  proofs 
are  in  no  wise  conclusive.  They  remind  you  of 
peculiarities  which  the  dead  and  you  alone  knew ; 
the  mysterious  pencil  imitates  his  writing.  But 
the  devils  were  invisible  witnesses  of  those  pecul- 
iarities; doubtless  they  can  skilfully  counterfeit 
handwriting,  they  that  can  work  prodigies  much 
more  extraordinary.  And  they  know  enough  of 
the  human  heart  to  know  that,  in  persuading  you 
a  loved  one  is  there  conversing  with  you,  they 
will  secure  a  better  hearing,  when,  with  pretended 
simplicity,  they  boldly  declare  that  Catholic  teach- 
ing is  deceptive.  These  invisible  interlocutors  take 
the  most  august  names,  such  as  that  of  St.  Louis 
and  even  of  St.  Paul,  and  under  these  names, 
they  contradict  the  faith  of  St.  Louis  and  the 
teaching  of  St.  Paul,  and  repeat,  like  parrots,  the 
humanitarian  phrases  of  our  modern  philoso- 
phers.    But  history  shows  that  there  have  been 

17  P.  360. 

[105] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

authentic  apparitions  of  the  glorious  dead  at- 
tested by  miracles ;  not  one  of  them  declared  that 
he  was  mistaken  when  he  believed  and  taught 
Catholic  dogma  during  his  mortal  life.  What 
matters  it,  then,  that  these  late  comers,  who,  tak- 
ing at  random  the  names  of  our  saints  and  those 
of  the  heroes  of  free-thought,  emphatically  pro- 
claim some  errors  resuscitated  before  them  by 
a  dozen  scribblers  notoriously  unbelieving." 

In  a  work18  by  the  French  astronomer,  Profes- 
sor Flammarion,  who  has  devoted  years  of  study 
and  research  to  this  subject,  we  meet  with  this 
significant  statement: 

"As  to  beings  different  from  ourselves — what 
may  their  natures  be?  Of  this  we  cannot  form 
any  idea.  Souls  of  the  dead?  This  is  far  from 
being  demonstrated.  The  innumerable  observa- 
tions which  I  have  collected  during  more  than 
forty  years,  all  prove  to  me  the  contrary.  No 
satisfactory  identification  has  been  made.  That 
souls  survive  the  destruction  of  the  body  I  have 
not  a  shadow  of  doubt.  But  that  they  manifest 
themselves  by  the  processes  employed  in  seances, 
the  experimental  method  has  not  yet  given  us 
absolute  proof.  Up  to  this  day,  I  have  sought 
in  vain  for  certain  proofs  of  personal  identity 
through  mediumistic  communications." 

18  Psychic  Forces. 

[  106] 


The  Evidence  of  True  Science 

I  have  thus  placed  before  the  reader  the  re- 
corded results  of  true  and  unbiased  research  in 
the  sphere  of  psychical  science,  and  from  these 
it  will  be  evident  to  all  reasonable  minds  that 
there  is  not  a  shadow  of  ground  for  placing  any 
confidence  in  the  statements  and  claims  of  Sir 
Oliver  Lodge  and  Sir  Conan  Doyle. 


[107] 


VI 


THE    EVIDENCE    OF    CHRISTIAN 
THOUGHT  AND  EXPERIENCE 


THE    EVIDENCE    OF    CHRISTIAN 
THOUGHT  AND  EXPERIENCE 

I  have  on  pages  19  et  seq.  briefly  summarized 
what  may  be  regarded  as  the  essential  principles 
of  the  "New  Revelation,"  so  far  as  they  can  be 
gathered  from  the  statements  of  Lodge  and 
Doyle,  and  from  the  more  or  less  vague  utter- 
ances of  the  "higher"  spirits  of  the  seance-room. 
I  now  propose  to  examine  these  principles  some- 
what more  closely — in  the  light  of  the  teachings 
of  Historic  Christianity  and  of  Universal  Chris- 
tian experience.  It  will  also  be  necessary  to 
quote,  by  way  of  introduction,  a  few  scientific 
authorities  whom  we  can  scarcely  regard  as  the 
champions  of  Christianity. 

With  the  implied  claim  that  there  is  anything 
new  about  disclosures  of  this  kind,  or  about  their 
mode  of  delivery,  I  have  already  dealt  in  the  pre- 
ceding pages.  It  will  have  been  seen  from  the 
facts  and  arguments  there  adduced  that  the  me- 
diumistic  process  and  mediumistic  communica- 
tions are  in  no  sense  a  recent  breaking-down  of 
a  dividing  wall  between  the  two  worlds,  seeing 
that  such  a  wall,  in  the  spiritistic  sense,  has 
as  a  matter  of  fact  never  existed,  all  nations  and 

[in] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

races  having,  from  times  immemorial,  been  ac- 
quainted with  modes  of  communication  between 
the  worlds  seen  and  unseen.  It  was  all  along  "the 
man  in  the  street"  who  possessed  the  right  kind 
of  knowledge  and  the  scientific  who  was  the  ig- 
noramus. "It  came  to  be  recognized,"  as  the 
late  Professor  Alfred  Russel  Wallace  justly  ob- 
served, "that  the  belief  of  the  uneducated  and  un- 
scientific world  rested  on  a  broad  basis  of  alleged 
facts  which  the  scientific  world  scouted  and 
scoffed  at  as  absurd  and  impossible."  It  is  mere 
arrogance,  therefore,  which  makes  these  men 
pose  before  their  fellows  as  the  discoverers  of 
new  and  wonderful  psychic  laws  and  secrets. 
And  the  implication  that 

1.  The  "New  Revelation"  is  (in  any  sense) 
divine  and  authoritative  will  be  seen  to  be  equally 
absurd  and  fallacious.  So  long  as  those  who 
make  this  claim  are  themselves  constrained  to 
admit  "that  all  the  accounts  of  the  life  beyond  the 
grave  differ  in  detail,"  that  opinion  is  not  always 
uniform  over  yonder  any  more  than  it  is  here, 
and  "that  we  have  unhappily  to  deal  with  absolute 
coldblooded  lying  on  the  part  of  wicked  and  mis- 
chievous intelligences,"  they  cannot  possibly  talk 
about  a  Revelation.  That  can  never  by  any 
chance  be  a  Revelation  which  comes  by  messen- 
gers whom  we  cannot  identify,  who  lie  and  cheat 

[112] 


Evidence  of  Christian  Thought  and  Experience 

and  contradict  themselves,  and  who  leave  us,  with 
respect  to  those  matters  on  which  we  most  desire 
light  and  information,  in  a  state  of  hopeless  per- 
plexity and  bewilderment — to  say  nothing  of  the 
numerous  moral  and  physical  evils  attending  its 
delivery.  We  can,  therefore,  safely  dismiss  this 
silly  claim  with  the  contempt  which  it  deserves. 

When  Sir  Conan  Doyle  and  the  "higher"  spirit 
further  state  that  it  has  become  certain — with 
ever  fuller  knowledge — that 

2.  Man  has  never  fallen  because  he  has  always 
been  evolving,  through  the  man-like  ape,  and  the 
ape-like  man,  we  are  brought  face  to  face  with 
another  of  those  bold  pronouncements  which  are 
paraded  before  the  half-educated  as  the  certain 
findings  of  modern  science,  but  which  are  in  real- 
ity nothing  but  assumptions  and,  at  best,  wholly 
unproved  and  unprovable  theories. 

I  do  not  in  the  least  claim  to  possess  any  spe- 
cific knowledge  on  a  subject  admittedly  bristling 
with  so  many  difficulties  and  presenting  so  many 
varied  and  complex  problems  even  for  the  spe- 
cialist. But  I  do  claim  to  have  that  acquaintance 
with  it  which  is  within  the  reach  of  all  who  keep 
in  touch  with  our  current  literature  and  who 
follow  the  trend  of  true  scientific  thought  respect- 
ing these  matters.  But  all  this  current  scientific 
literature  goes  to  show  that,  in  recent  years,  a 

[113] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

great  reaction  of  ideas  has  taken  place  with  re- 
gard to  the  evolutionary  theory  and  that,  where 
it  is  accepted  at  all,  it  has  undergone  such  modi- 
fications that  its  original  characteristics  can 
scarcely  be  recognized.  There  is,  in  any  case,  so 
much  diversity  of  opinion  on  the  subject  amongst 
the  most  renowned  scientists  that  nothing  can 
be  asserted  with  any  degree  of  certainty,  and  that 
consequently  the  notion  that  the  body  of  man 
has  gradually  risen  through  evolutionary  proc- 
esses out  of  the  animal  world  cannot  be  spoken 
of  as  the  necessary  result  of  fuller  knowledge. 
I  submit  the  following  statements  to  the  reader's 
serious  consideration : 

Dr.  Bumueller,  a  recognized  specialist  in  anat- 
omy, declares: 

"The  testimony  of  comparative  anatomy  is  de- 
cidedly against  the  theory  of  man's  descent  from 
the  ape."  (Mensch  oder  Affe.,  p.  59,  Ravens- 
burg,  1900.)  And  he  goes  so  far  as  to  add: 
"Even  the  possibility  of  a  connecting  link  is 
disproved  by  the  tendency  of  apes  and  semi- 
apes  to  diverge  more  and  more  in  the  course 
of  their  higher  development  in  anatomical 
structure  from  the  human  type."  (Op.  cit., 
p.  91.) 

Commenting  on  Klaatsch's  views  expressed 
at  the  Anthropological  Congress  of  Lindau  in 

["4] 


Evidence  of  Christian  Thought  and  Experience 

1899,  Johannes  Ranke,  the  great  biologist,  justly 
observed : 

"Whilst  a  charming  picture  of  the  past  and 
possibly  of  the  future  is  being  shown  us,  and 
whilst  a  fanciful  design  is  being  carried  out  in 
all  directions,  we  are  as  a  rule  in  quest  of  facts, 
not  theories.  The  facts,  however,  upon  which 
Herr  Klaatsch  claims  to  base  his  ingenious  the- 
ory, do  not  at  present  exist,  and  I  must  protest 
against  his  assuming  that  they  have  been  fur- 
nished by  zoology  and  palaeontology  any  more 
than  by  anatomy.  .  .  .  All  else  is  still  a  matter 
of  hypothesis,  and  if  anyone  attempts  to  use  it 
in  order  to  produce  a  finished  picture  the  result  is 
a  work  merely  of  the  imagination." 

In  the  closing  address  delivered  at  the  Fifth 
International  Congress  of  Zoologists,  August  16, 
1901,  Professor  W.  Branco,  Director  of  the  Geo- 
logical and  Palaeontological  Institute  of  Berlin 
University,  speaking  on  the  theme  "Fossil  Man/'' 
set  forth  the  following  conclusions: 

"1.  No  human  remains  of  the  tertiary  period 
have  been  discovered.  2.  Man  appears  suddenly 
in  the  quaternary  period  unheralded  by  transi- 
tional forms.  3.  Diluvial  human  remains 
abound,  but  diluvial  man  appears  at  once  as  a 
true  human  being,  possessing  in  most  cases  a 
cranium  that  would  do  credit  to  the  most  intellec- 

[ii5] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

tual  of  modern  men,  without  long  ape-like  arms 
or  long  ape-like  canine  teeth,  a  genuine  man  from 
head  to  foot." 

What  the  great  Rudolph  Virchow  said  some 
twenty  years  ago  is  as  true  today  as  it  was  then : 

"According  to  the  studies  that  have  been  made 
prehistoric  men  did  not  resemble  monkeys  any 
more  than  men  of  the  present  day.  .  .  .  We  can- 
not teach,  nor  can  we  regard  as  one  of  the  results 
of  scientific  research  the  doctrine  that  man  is  de- 
scended from  the  ape  or  from  any  other  animal." 

One  of  the  most  eminent  of  present-day  biol- 
ogists, Dr.  Hans  Driesch,  writes: 

"If  new  species  came  into  existence  by  the 
process  of  gradual  and  imperceptible  transforma- 
tions covering  periods  of  thousands  and  millions 
of  years  .  .  .  nature  would  contain  numerous 
intermediate  types  .  .  .  bearing  the  structural 
characteristics  partly  of  the  new  and  partly  of  the 
old  species.  .  .  .  My  most  careful  investigations 
and  study  of  the  forms  of  extinct  and  extant  life 
have  led  me  to  the  conclusion  that  intermediate 
types  never  existed.  No  such  types  have  been 
found  in  nature.  The  classes  and  families  of 
plants  and  animals  have  always  been  distinctly 
separated  as  they  are  now,  and  they  have  always 
formed  distinct  systems  as  they  do  today.  There 
never  was  a  class  or  family  of  plants  or  animals 

[116] 


Evidence  of  Christian  Thought  and  Experience 

which  bore  the  characteristics  of  two  different 
species.  The  Darwinian  theory  of  Organic  Evo- 
lution is  therefore  in  open  contradiction  to  real- 
ity. .  .  .  :'  (Philosophy  of  the  Organic,  vol.  1, 
p.  268.) 

Dr.  Driesch  is  positively  scathing  in  his  criti- 
cism of  Darwinism,  regarding  it  as  already  scien- 
tifically dead: 

"It  (Darwinism)  is,"  he  says,  "a  matter  of  his- 
tory, like  that  other  curiosity  of  history,  Hegel's 
philosophy.  Both  are  variations  on  the  theme 
'how  to  lead  a  whole  generation  by  the  nose,'  and 
neither  is  very  likely  to  give  ages  to  come  a  high 
opinion  of  the  latter  part  of  our  century." 

"For  men  of  clear  intellect,  Darwinism  has 
long  been  dead  and  the  last  argument  brought 
forward  in  support  thereof  is  scarcely  more  than 
a  funeral  oration  in  accordance  with  the  principle 
de  mortuis  nil  nisi  bonum  (say  nothing  but  good 
of  the  dead),  and  with  the  underlying  conviction 
of  the  real  weakness  of  the  subject  chosen  for 
defense."     (Biologisches  Zentralblatt.) 

Many  more  authorities,  expressing  similar 
views,  might  be  quoted;  but  these  will  suffice  to 
show  what  Sir  Conan  Doyle's  assertion  is  worth 
and  what  good  grounds  we  have  for  challenging 
its  legitimacy.  As  in  the  psychical  sphere  of  in- 
vestigation, so  here,  too,  his  wish  or  natural  lean- 

[117] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

ing  is  manifestly  father  to  his  thought,  and  his 
cool  assumption  as  scientific  fact  of  what  is 
mere  speculation  is  but  one  of  those  well-known 
maneuvers  with  which  so  many  of  our  pseudo 
and  amateur  scientists  have  made  us  familiar. 
"I  am  absolutely  convinced,"  writes  a  French 
scientist,19  "that  a  man  is,  or  is  not,  an  evolution- 
ist, not  for  reasons  drawn  from  natural  history, 
but  by  reason  of  his  philosophical  opinions." 

But  even  if  the  development  of  the  human  body 
out  of  preceding  animal  forms  of  life  could  ever 
be  shown  to  be  an  established  fact  of  science,  it 
could  in  no  wise  touch  or  invalidate  the  truth  of 
the  primitive  doctrine  of  the  Fall.  It  is  a  truth 
which  belongs  to  man's  soul,  or  spirit-life,  and  the 
soul  begins  where  evolution  ends.  Spirit  cannot 
grow  or  be  evolved  out  of  matter,  and  evolution 
can  only  take  place  in  the  sensitive  powers  of 
man — in  his  organs.  But  the  soul  is  above  the 
organs  and  no  animal,  however  closely  approach- 
ing the  form  of  man,  can  be  called  man  unless 
there  be  in  it  a  spiritual  and  immortal  soul.  And 
this  soul,  as  all  accurate  thinkers  agree,  must  be 
God's  special  and  independent  creation.  It  will 
thus  be  seen  that  there  is  not,  and  never  can  be, 
in  this  part  of  Doyle's  arguments,  any  valid  ob- 
jection to  the  Christian  doctrine  of  Original  Sin 

"Prof.  Yves  Delage. 

[Jl8] 


Evidence  of  Christian  Thought  and  Experience 

and  the  Fall  of  Man,  since  the  doctrine  belongs 
to  a  sphere  in  which  the  physical  scientist  is  not 
competent  to  pronounce  judgment.  "There  might 
have  been  ten  Falls  and  the  thing  would  have 
been  quite  consistent  with  everything  which  we 
know  from  physical  science."  "Nothing,"  forcibly 
observes  Mr.  Chesterton,  "can  be,  in  the  strictest 
sense  of  the  word,  more  comic  than  to  set  so 
shadowy  a  thing  as  the  conjectures  made  by  the 
vaguer  anthropologists  about  the  primitive  man, 
against  so  solid  a  thing  as  the  sense  of  sin.  Sci- 
ence knows  nothing  whatever  about  prehistoric 
man,  for  the  excellent  reason  that  he  is  prehis- 
toric. .  .  .  There  is  no  tradition  of  progress; 
but  the  whole  human  race  has  a  tradition  of  a 
Fall.  Amusingly  enough,  indeed,  the  very  dis- 
semination of  this  idea  is  used  against  its  authen- 
ticity. Learned  men  literally  say  that  this  pre- 
historic calamity  cannot  be  true  because  every 
race  of  mankind  remembers  it.  I  cannot  keep 
pace  with  these  paradoxes."20 

When  we  turn  to  the  authoritative  Christian 
doctrine  of  the  Fall  and  to  the  facts  of  confirma- 
tive Christian  experience,  we  are  met  by  evidence 
in  its  favor  which  is  simply  overwhelming.  But 
unfortunately  in  this  respect,  too,  modern  scien- 
tists and  philosophers  are  apt  to  make  the  wildest 

20  Orthodoxy. 

[119] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

possible  misstatements  and  to  display  an  amount 
of  ignorance  which  would  cause  amusement  were 
it  not  that  it  is  so  often  attended  by  such  direful 
consequences  to  serious  and  truth-seeking  souls. 
A  single  reference  to  a  primer  on  Catholic  dogma 
would  dissipate  such  ignorance.  I  am  not  writing 
a  book  on  Christian  doctrine  and  cannot,  there- 
fore, go  very  deeply  into  the  matter ;  but  I  will, 
for  those  seriously  interested  in  the  subject, 
briefly  quote  from  a  standard  work21  what  the 
Church's  teaching  is  on  this  point: 

"All  the  evils  and  all  the  harm  done  to  the  hu- 
man soul  through  the  Fall  and  through  Original 
Sin  are  evils  by  comparison  with  a  higher  good. 
Original  Sin  cannot  be  discussed  in  itself;  it  has 
to  be  stated  by  comparison,  and  the  term  compari- 
son is  the  high  and  privileged  state  in  which  man 
was  created  originally;  we  must  keep  our  eyes 
fixed  on  that  ideal  state  if  we  are  to  understand 
Original  Sin.  .  .  .  When  God  created  man  he 
put  into  the  human  soul  a  gift  called  technically 
the  gift  of  original  justice.  .  .  .  That  gift  (whose 
supernatural  psychological  value  could  not  be 
overstated)  made  the  human  will  perfectly  sub- 
ordinate to  the  will  of  God,  established  it  in  per- 
fect harmony  with  God;  the  loss  of  it  brought 
about  a  falling  back  of  the  soul  into  itself,  which 

:i  The  Human  Soul,  by  Dom  Ansgar  Vonier,  O.S.B. 
[  I20] 


Evidence  of  Christian  Thought  and  Experience 

need  not  be  positive  rebellion  against  God,  yet 
which,  by  comparison  with  that  adhesion  of  the 
will  to  God,  looks  like  rebellion.  .  .  .  It  is  a  pri- 
vation because  God  meant  the  soul  to  have  this 
gift.  It  is  in  a  state  of  enmity  to  God  (again  by 
comparison)  because  without  this  gift  the  hu- 
man will  cannot  rise  above  itself  with  an  unselfish 
preference  for  God. 

"The  absence  of  this  gift  is  truly  called  sin  be- 
cause the  absence  is  owing  to  the  free  act  of  the 
human  will,  the  will  of  Adam.   .   .   . 

"Death  of  the  body,  the  flesh  that  wars  against 
the  spirit,  and  the  spirit  that  wars  against  the 
flesh,  the  infirmity  of  the  will-power,  and  the  ig- 
norance of  the  mind,  that  make  temptation  so 
dangerous,  all  that  dismal  condition  of  human 
nature  bewailed  so  eloquently  by  St.  Paul  and 
St.  Augustine,  are  not  Original  Sin.  They  con- 
stitute the  Fall ;  for  we  know  that  Baptism  which 
destroys  Original  Sin,  does  not  alter  the  sad  con- 
ditions of  our  nature.    .   .   . 

"Thus  Baptism  is  the  end  of  Original  Sin  and 
yet  it  is  not  the  end  of  the  fallen  condition  of 
man. 

"Now  the  spirit  part  of  man  does  not  fall  un- 
der heredity.  The  mode  of  transmission,  then, 
which  alone  is  recognized  by  St.  Thomas  and 
Catholic  theology  generally  is  simply  the  fact  of 

[  121  ] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

one  human  being  coming  from  another  human 
being  through  the  laws  of  generation,  or  more 
simply  the  fact  of  our  being  the  children,  through 
successive  generations,  of  Adam." 

Now  we  may  surely  assert  with  confidence  that 
the  entire  moral  history  of  man  and  the  very  ex- 
istence of  Religion  today  bear  witness  to  the 
truth  of  this  doctrine.  The  very  circumstance 
that  a  teaching  so  hateful  to  human  pride  and 
self-conceit,  and  so  unpleasantly  opposing  itself 
to  our  natural  cravings  and  inclinations,  should 
be  found  in  all  human  races,  and  that  it  should 
have  resisted  all  efforts  to  eradicate  it,  can  only 
be  explained  by  the  fact  that  it  is  one  of  the 
earliest  inheritances  of  the  human  family.  It 
has,  of  course,  found  different  modes  of  expres- 
sion in  different  races  and  in  different  systems  of 
religion;  but  only  the  deep  underlying  sense  of 
its  truth  could  have  caused  it  to  survive  all  the 
corroding  influences  of  human  passion  and  all  the 
antagonistic  forces  of  human  science  and  philos- 
ophy. Man  believes  in  the  Fall,  not  merely  be- 
cause he  finds  it  difficult  to  overcome  certain  ani- 
mal propensities,  but  because  he  has  in  himself 
the  distinct  consciousness  of  a  higher,  but  lost, 
and  yet  recoverable  good,  and  because  he  knows 
that  he  sins  in  view  of  a  clearly  recognised  higher 
obligation. 

[122] 


Evidence  of  Christian  Thought  and  Experience 

It  is,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  on  the  scientific,  not 
on  the  Christian  and  theological  side  that  the  real 
difficulty  of  the  matter  lies;  for  no  unchristian 
scientific  theory  has  yet  satisfactorily  explained 
how  this  universal  and  persistent  consciousness 
arose  and  how  we  are  to  account  for  its  sur- 
vival. And  that  it  does  survive,  even  in  the  mod- 
ern scientist,  we  need  not  doubt  for  a  moment. 
His  constant  occupation  with  the  problem  is  evi- 
dence of  that  fact.  We  do  not  trouble  ourselves 
to  incessantly  refute  an  assertion  which  we  thor- 
oughly believe  to  be  groundless.  God  never  any- 
where leaves  Himself  without  a  witness,  we  may 
be  sure.  The  modern  man  may  ignore  and  slight 
and  obscure  the  witness;  but  he  cannot  possibly 
succeed  in  permanently  silencing  it.  De  Maistre 
wisely  observed :  "I  do  not  know  what  the  heart 
of  a  villain  is  like.  I  only  know  that  of  an  up- 
right man  and  it  is  frightful." 

It  is  interesting  to  observe  that,  in  this  respect, 
the  true  philosopher  and  student  of  human  nature 
is  on  the  side  of  the  Catholic  theologian,  even 
though  he  may  not  himself  profess  the  Catholic 
faith  and  use  a  theological  phraseology.  In  the 
last  of  his  interesting  lectures  on  "The  Varieties 
of  Religious  Experience,"  delivered  in  Edinburgh 
in  1901  and  1902,  the  late  Professor  W.  James 
went  to  the  very  root  of  the  matter  when  he 

[  123] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

inquired :  "Is  there  under  all  the  discrepancies  of 
creeds  a  common  nucleus  to  which  they  bear  their 
testimony  unanimously,  and  ought  we  to  consider 
the  testimony  true?"  And  he  replies  "that  there 
is  a  uniform  deliverance  in  which  all  religions 
meet — namely,  an  uneasiness  which  is  a  sense  that 
there  is  something  wrong  about  us  as  we  natu- 
rally stand  and  that  this  experience  is  literally 
and  objectively  true  as  far  as  it  goes."  And,  "the 
solution,"  he  continues,  "is  a  sense  that  we  are 
saved  from  the  wrongness  by  making  proper  con- 
nection with  the  higher  powers." 

It  is  difficult  to  conceive  of  a  sounder  scientific 
basis  for  the  Christian  doctrine  of  the  Fall  of 
Man  and  of  his  redemption  through  Jesus  Christ. 

But  I  may  not  linger  over  this  deeply  interest- 
ing aspect  of  the  subject.  There  is  no  writer  who 
has  so  forcibly  summed  up  this  universal  witness 
of  the  human  heart  to  the  truth  of  this  Christian 
doctrine  as  the  late  Dr.  Brownson.  I  feel  con- 
fident that  his  words  will  find  an  echo  in  every 
mind  that  has  still  the  power  of  thinking  accu- 
rately and  of  judging  rightly.  "No  man,"  wrote 
Dr.  Brownson,"22  can  analyze  the  facts  of  human 
experience  without  finding  them  prove  incontest- 
ably  that  our  destiny,  whatever  it  be,  lies  above 
the  level  of  our  present  natural  powers.     Our 

82  Necessity  of  Revelation,  Brownson's  Review,  1848. 
[124] 


Evidence  of  Christian  Thought  and  Experience 

race  then  must  have  once  possessed  powers,  nat- 
ural and  supernatural,  which  it  does  not  possess 
now,  and  therefore  powers  which  it  must  have 
lost  or  forfeited.  All  facts  of  experience  as  well 
as  universal  tradition  bear  witness  to  some  great 
catastrophe,  to  some  terrible  revulsion,  which 
man  at  some  remote  period  must  have  suffered. 
The  soul  appears  to  every  nice  observer,  to  retain 
traces  of  a  lost  grandeur,  and  to  be  filled  with  an 
undying  regret  for  what  once  was,  but  is  no 
longer  hers.  She  appears  to  be  tortured  by  her 
reminiscences.  Even  before  illumined  by  faith, 
she  regards  herself  as  expelled  from  her  early 
home,  as  an  exile  from  her  native  country  and  a 
sojourner  in  a  strange  land.  She  bears  with  her 
the  secret  memory  of  a  lost  paradise,  for  which 
she  sighs,  and  with  her  recollections  of  which,  dim 
and  fading  though  they  be,  she  contrasts  what- 
ever she  finds  in  the  land  of  her  exile.  What  is 
the  poetry  of  all  nations  but  the  low  wail  or  wild 
lament  of  the  soul  over  her  lost  Eden — the  music 
in  which  she  expresses  the  wearisomeness  of  the 
banishment  and  her  longing  to  return  and  dwell 
again  in  the  sweet  bowers  of  her  early  youth,  of 
her  childhood's  home? 

"Hence,  also,  the  universality  of  sacrifice 
proves  the  universality  of  the  belief  in  the  primi- 
tive Fall,  that  man  has  fallen  from  his  original 

[125] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

state,  and  now  lies  below  the  level  of  his  destiny, 
without  the  ability  to  attain  it." 

The  "scientific"  objection  to  the  truth  of  the 
Christian  doctrine  of  the  Fall  having  thus  been 
shown  to  be  wholly  groundless,  and  the  doctrine, 
on  the  contrary,  to  be  resting  on  a  secure  and  im- 
pregnable foundation,  it  will  be  seen  that  Doyle's 
contention  that 

3.  The  Incarnation  and  Sufferings  and  Death 
of  Jesus  Christ  were  in  no  sense  an  atonement 
for  the  sins  of  man  is  equally  fallacious  and  un- 
tenable. Indeed,  we  may  assert  the  very  con- 
trary and  maintain  that,  granting  the  truth  of  the 
former,  the  presumption  is  altogether  in  favor  of 
the  truth  of  the  latter.  If  man  has  fallen  and  be- 
come separated  from  God,  and  if  he  cannot,  by 
the  powers  of  his  own  nature,  raise  himself  to 
that  union  and  friendship  with  God  for  which 
he  was  destined,  it  is  reasonable  to  conclude  that 
God  would  furnish  a  means  by  which  this  can  be 
effected  and  the  destiny  achieved.  And,  since 
that  destiny  is  above  nature,  it  is  equally  reason- 
able to  conclude  that  the  means  of  restoration 
would  be  above  nature — supernatural. 

One  cannot  warn  sufficiently  against  those  sys- 
tems of  Christian  thought  which  claim  to  be  es- 
sentially "rational,"  against  these  "perfect  recon- 
ciliations between  science  and  religion."     Such 

[126] 


Evidence  of  Christian  Thought  and  Experience 

systems  harbor  a  fundamental  fallacy  and  indi- 
cate their  purely  human  origin — the  man-made 
article  in  religion.  There  must  manifestly  be 
mysteries  in  a  divine  revelation.  Truths  apper- 
taining to  the  supernatural  order,  although  not 
contrary  to  reason,  can  scarcely  be  expected  to 
be  fully  within  the  reach  of  reason.  If  we  could 
discern  them  by  the  conclusions  of  the  intellect 
we  would  be  within  the  sphere  of  science,  not  of 
religion,  and  the  best  educated  man,  however 
base  his  character  and  unsatisfactory  his  life, 
would  then  have  the  clearest  perception  of  divine 
truth.  And,  what  injustice  this  would  be  to  the 
poor  and  handicapped  and  illiterate  amongst 
men! 

It  is  indeed  Divine  Wisdom  which  hides  the 
mysteries  of  the  spiritual  world  from  the  proud 
and  arrogant,  and  reveals  them  to  the  poor  in 
spirit — to  those  of  humble  faith  and  of  a  peni- 
tent and  contrite  heart! 

Now  one  would  imagine  that  if  there  is  any- 
thing certain  in  this  world,  it  is  the  fact  that  the 
dogma  of  the  Incarnation  and  Sufferings  and 
Death  of  the  Son  of  God,  as  an  atonement  for  the 
sins  of  man,  is  a  fundamental  and  integral  part 
of  the  primitive  Christian  Revelation.  All  Scrip- 
ture, all  history,  all  Christian  experience,  bear 
witness  to  it,  and  with  it  Christianity  itself  must 

[  127] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

certainly  stand  or  fall.  It  would  surely  be  an 
utterly  hopeless  task  to  seek  to  prove  that  this 
dogma  is  the  result  of  later  theological  specula- 
tion. How  could  we  account  for  the  preparatory 
sacrificial  system  of  the  Old  Covenant,  for  the 
remarkable  prophecies  having  their  fulfillment  in 
the  death  of  Christ,  for  the  implicit  and  explicit 
statements  of  Christ  Himself,  of  all  the  Apostles, 
for  the  belief  and  teaching  of  the  earliest  pro- 
fessors and  saints  and  martyrs  of  the  Christian 
faith,  of  the  entire  Christian  world  in  all  ages. 
If  human  evidence  and  testimony  can  establish 
any  fact  at  all  this  fact  surely  is  established. 

"The  Person  of  Jesus  Christ,"  writes  a  thinker 
of  our  own  time,*  "is  the  central  idea  of  Chris- 
tianity and  the  most  precious  object  of  its  faith. 
Whence  arises  the  unique  value  of  this  idea?  Is 
it  as  the  preacher  of  an  elevated  morality  that 
Jesus  is  dear  to  his  followers  ?  Plainly  not.  The 
Love  of  God  and  of  one's  neighbor,  compassion 
for  every  living  creature,  has  been  preached  with 
much  eloquence  by  other  religions;  not  in  these 
things  shall  we  find  the  distinctive  feature  of  the 
religion  of  Christ.  What  renders  it  unique  is 
its  conception  of  Salvation  personified  in  one  who 
was  both  divine  and  human — Jesus.  It  is  the 
idea  of  the  God-man." 

*Prince  Eugene  Troubetzkoy  in  the  Hibbert  Journal  of  April, 
1918. 

[128] 


Evidence  of  Christian  Thought  and  Experience 

To  quote,  by  way  of  confirmation,  the  teach- 
ings of  Christ  and  of  his  Apostles  would  mean 
quoting  the  better  part  of  the  New  Testament. 
I  will  here  confine  myself  to  but  a  few  statements 
which  summarize  these  teachings  and  which,  with 
any  other  interpretation  than  that  stated  above, 
will  be  seen  to  be  wholly  incomprehensible  and 
meaningless. 

We  read  in  St.  Matthew,  xx,  28 : 

"Even  as  the  son  of  man  is  not  come  to  be 
ministered  unto,  but  to  minister  and  to  give  his 
life  a  redemption  for  many." 

In  St.  Matthew,  xxvi,  28: 

"For  this  is  my  blood  of  the  new  testament 
which  shall  be  shed  for  many  unto  the  remission 
of  sins." 

And  the  Apostolic  testimony  is  equally 
clear  and  may  be  summed  up  in  these  refer- 
ences : 

Coloss.  1,  19  and  20: 

"Because  in  him  it  hath  well  pleased  the 
Father  that  all  fullness  should  dwell.  And 
through  him  to  reconcile  all  things  unto  himself, 
making  peace  through  the  blood  of  his  cross,  both 
as  to  the  things  that  are  on  the  earth  and  the 
things  that  are  in  heaven." 

I.  St.  Tim.  ii,  5-6: 

"For  there  is  one  God  and  one  mediator  of  God 
[  129  ] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

and  men,  the  man  Christ- Jesus,  who  gave  himself 
a  redemption  for  all.''* 

I.  St.  Peter,  i,  18-19: 

"Knowing  that  you  were  not  redeemed  with 
corruptible  things  as  gold  and  silver  .  .  .  but 
with  the  precious  blood  of  Christ,  as  of  a  lamb 
unspotted  and  undented." 

And  equally  clear  and  unequivocal  is  the  wit- 
ness and  profession  of  the  earliest  confessors  of 
the  Faith,  of  the  saints  and  martyrs  and  doctors 
of  the  first  two  centuries  of  the  Church. 

St.  Ignatius  calls  himself  Theophorus — that  is, 
God-bearer,  because  he  bears  Jesus  in  his  heart. 

St.  Polycarp,  the  disciple  of  St.  John,  says  to 
his  judges-  "How  shall  I  hate  Him  whom  I 
adore,  my  King  and  my  Saviour?'" 

St.  Vital  exclaims:  "Lord  Jesus,  my  Saviour 
and  My  God,  vouchsafe  to  receive  my  soul." 

In  the  writings  of  Tertullian,  Origen,  Clement 
of  Alexandria,  St.  Irenaeus,  St.  Justin,  etc.,  we 
find  such  testimonies  as  these:  "Everywhere 
Christ  is  believed,  Christ  is  adored.  Believe  Him, 
O  man  Who  is  God  and  Man,  Who  suffered  and 
is  adored  as  the  Living  God." 

But  literally  endless  would  have  to  be  the  quo- 
tations if  one  were  to  attempt  to  deal  with  this 
aspect  of  the  subject  in  anything  like  an  adequate 
manner.    Works,  specifically  presenting  the  evi- 

[130] 


Evidence  of  Christian  Thought  and  Experience 

dence,  must  be  consulted  for  this  purpose.  So 
overwhelming,  indeed,  is  the  evidence  that  per- 
verseness  and  blindness  of  mind,  or  crass  igno- 
rance, can  alone  account  for  the  attempt  to  cir- 
cumvent it,  or  to  explain  it  away,  and,  with  entire 
justice,  writes  a  distinguished  medical  confrere 
of  Sir  Conan  Doyle23: 

"Now  this  (Christianity  as  a  moral  system 
only)  I  hold  to  be  as  pernicious  as  it  is  absurd. 
If  Christ  was  only  a  great  human  teacher,  what 
did  He  know  more  about  God  or  morality  than 
any  other  man  who  might  have  arrived  at  his 
knowledge  by  ordinary  processes?  What  could 
He  know  more  than  you  or  I?  He  may  have 
inferred  or  have  guessed,  but  what  knowledge 
had  He  ?  .  .  .  It  is  not  in  the  moral  teaching  of 
Our  Lord  that  the  great  power  of  Christianity 
lies,  but  in  the  belief  that  He  did  for  men  that 
which  man  could  not  do  for  himself — the  belief 
that  He  died  for  you  and  me  and  in  some  mys- 
terious manner  made  God  and  man  at  one.  I 
have  no  power  to  theorize  on  this  great  fact,  but 
I  am  sure  that  history  teaches  that  it  is  faith  in 
Christ,  a  personal  Christ,  who  died  for  us  men 
and  for  our  salvation,  that  has  given  the  power 
to  Christianity  and  has  moulded  the  life  of  the 
world.     Would  men  have  gone  to  the  stake,  or 

23  Sir  Russell  Reynolds,  Bart,  M.D.     Essays  and  Addresses. 
[  131  1 


The  New  Black  Magic 

to  the  lions,  or  the  dungeon,  for  a  moral  teach- 
ing? Would  they  have  sung  psalms  in  dying 
agonies  for  a  moral  teaching?  Would  crusades 
have  been  made  for  a  mere  idea  ?  No,  it  has  been 
for  the  belief  in  what  He  did  and  is  doing  at  the 
right  hand  of  God  that  men  have  been  willing, 
nay,  eager,  to  die." 

It  is  abundantly  clear,  then,  that  it  is  to  Christ 
as  the  Divine  Saviour  and  Redeemer,  not  to 
Christ  as  the  moral  teacher  or  exemplar,  or 
higher  spirit,  that  the  marvelous  transforming 
effects  of  Christianity  are  due.  And  what  are 
these  effects,  briefly  stated,  as  history  and  ex- 
perience display  them  before  our  eyes: 

1.  Christ  saved  the  decaying  Roman  world 
from  corruption. 

2.  He  laid  the  foundations  of  a  new  and  true 
civilization. 

3.  He  created  numerous  works  of  charity. 

4.  His  doctrine  enabled  the  best  and  wisest  of 
men  to  attain  to  the  highest  and  noblest  life. 

5.  It  created  saints  and  martyrs  innumerable. 

6.  It  was,  and  is  today,  man's  one  true  source 
of  consolation  in  life  and  in  death. 

These  facts,  this  transforming  effect  in  the 
world's  life  of  the  belief  in  Christ's  redeeming 
death,  no  sane  man  can  possibly  deny;  but  the 
problem  which  presents  itself  to  the  reflecting 

I  132  ] 


Evidence  of  Christian  Thought  and  Experience 

mind  is :  how  are  we  to  account  for  it ;  how  came 
this  belief  to  be  so  firmly  and  persistently  estab- 
lished in  the  human  heart? 

Very  little  reflection  will  show  that  few  of 
those  who  first  professed  this  belief  after  the 
death  of  the  Apostles,  and  who  laid  down  their 
lives  for  it,  had  seen  or  heard  Christ.  They 
learned  the  doctrine  from  the  oral  teaching  of 
others,  or  from  written  documents.  But  docu- 
ments were  costly  and  not  plentiful  in  those  days ; 
few,  moreover,  could  have  been  able  to  read  and 
decipher  them;  the  collected  records  which  we 
possess  today  and  which  we  call  the  New  Testa- 
ment did  not  as  yet  exist.  Towards  the  close  of 
the  Apostolic  age,  when  most  of  the  witnesses  of 
Christ's  miraculous  works  had  died,  verification 
must  have  been  extremely  difficult,  and,  at  best, 
such  verification  would  only  have  been  human 
and  therefore,  in  itself,  imperfect  and  fallible 
testimony.  And  yet,  century  after  century,  in 
uncounted  numbers,  strong  men  and  delicate 
women,  indeed  mere  children,  gladly  and  will- 
ingly died  as  witnesses  for  the  truth  of  this  doc- 
trine— submitted  themselves  to  the  most  extreme 
forms  of  suffering  and  of  pain.  Whence  was 
their  belief,  their  unwavering  and  unfailing  as- 
surance? We  have  but  the  choice  between  two 
alternatives.    Either  God  Himself,  in  a  miracu- 

[  133] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

lous  way,  and  in  fulfillment  of  the  promise  that 
the  Holy  Spirit  would  lead  into  all  truth  bore  di- 
vine and  confirming  witness  which  could  leave  no 
doubt,  or  the  best  of  men,  in  spite  of  the  action 
of  the  Holy  Ghost,  fell,  immediately  after  the  dis- 
appearance of  Christ,  into  the  grossest  error, 
misunderstood  and  misinterpreted  His  teachings, 
and  committed  the  sin  of  idolatry — adoring  and 
worshipping  as  God  a  mere  created  being  and 
teacher. 

And  God,  Who  by  a  single  operation  of  His 
power,  could  have  prevented  this  lapse,  allowed 
this  thing  to  be  done,  looked  on  while  the  best  and 
noblest  of  His  creatures  shed  their  life-blood  for 
a  monstrous  misconception,  and,  mark  it  well, 
by  means  of  this  misconception  regenerated  and 
saved  a  world! 

If  this  be  conceivable,  we  might  well  ask  with  a 
learned  Catholic  psychologist24:  Is  it  a  rational 
universe  if  the  moral  life  of  mankind  be  founded 
on  an  illusion?  Can  the  holiness  of  the  world's 
saints,  the  virtues  of  its  best  heroes,  the  moral 
life  of  the  mass  of  mankind,  have  had  their  source 
and  origin,  their  never-failing  food  and  support, 
in  one  huge  hallucination?" 

Or,  as  another  writer  puts  it:  "There  is  no 
God  in  Heaven  if  man  could  conceive  and  exe- 

u  Rev.  M.  Maher,  S.  J.    Psychology.    P.  536. 
[134] 


Evidence  of  Christian  Thought  and  Experience 

cute,  with  full  success,  the  gigantic  design  of  ap- 
propriating to  himself  supreme  worship  and 
usurping  the  name  of  God — if  he  could,  while 
plunging  the  world  into  idolatry,  at  the  same 
time  regenerate  it !" 

Are  we  not  here  face  to  face  with  an  insuper- 
able difficulty  and  is  it  not  an  infinitely  greater  one 
for  these  innovators  and  reconstructionists  than 
for  us  who  firmly  hold  and  profess  belief  in  Christ 
the  Divine  Redeemer  and  Saviour  of  the  world? 
Is  it  not  for  them  to  solve  this  strange  problem 
if  they  can  ?  Would  not  acceptance  of  their  view, 
rightly  considered,  undermine  the  very  founda- 
tions of  all  religion  and  destroy,  in  the  logical 
and  seriously  reflecting  mind,  all  belief  in  an  all- 
knowing  and  all-wise  God?  For  if  Doyle  and 
Lodge  and  the  "higher"  spirits  are  right,  is  not 
God  daily  and  hourly  continuing  to  tolerate  a  ter- 
rible delusion,  allowing  the  best  of  men  to  find 
solace  and  comfort  and  hope  in  a  palpable  lie — 
in  a  gross  error  and  misconception  ?  Or  will  any 
man  presume  to  say  that  dying  soldiers  and 
sailors  and  the  sin  and  sorrow-stricken  of 
the  world  derive  comfort  and  consolation 
from  a  perusal  of  the  records  of  the  life  of  Christ 
— from  His  moral  teachings  ?  Is  it  not  the  Cruci- 
fix for  which  they  clamor — the  sign  visibly  em- 
bodying the  fact  and  truth  of  that  redeeming 

[135] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

death  which  alone  has  made  the  forgiveness  of 
sin,  the  union  of  the  soul  with  God,  the  hope  of 
a  happy  immortality,  peace  of  mind  and  true  con- 
solation, here  and  now  a  living  reality  and  cer- 
tainty ? 

Fancy  reading  the  beatitudes  and  the  moral 
precepts  of  Christ  to  a  man  who  is  dying,  whose 
life  is  spent,  who  cannot  possibly  carry  those  pre- 
cepts into  practice,  but  who  regrets  his  misspent 
life,  is  contrite  and  penitent,  and  craves  to  be  rec- 
onciled to  God!  Would  it  not  be  mere  mockery 
to  show  such  a  man  what  his  life  might  and 
should  have  been  ? 

How  very  clearly  and  conclusively  does  human 
experience,  the  instinctive  perceptions  of  the 
awakened  human  soul,  confirm  the  truth,  nay, 
the  burning  need  of  this  primitive  Christian  doc- 
trine, and  demonstrate  the  fatal  error  in  which 
these  New  Revelation  men  have  entangled  them- 
selves and  in  which  they  are  striving  to  entangle 
the  world! 

"There  is,"  wrote  the  late  Mr.  W.  E.  Gladstone, 
"a  fairly  long  history  behind  the  orthodox  inter- 
pretations, and  we  cannot,  in  modesty,  suppose 
that  the  tendencies  of  thought  in  our  own  genera- 
tion necessarily  outweigh  the  experience  of  the 
centuries." 

And  if  Christ  be  divine,  how  can  any  man  pre- 
[136] 


Evidence  of  Christian  Thought  and  Experience 

sume  to  be  able  to  estimate  the  real  nature  and 
degree  of  His  sufferings,  and  put  them  on  a  level 
with  the  sufferings  of  any  ordinary  human  crea- 
ture. All  human  estimates  must  surely  be  at 
fault  in  such  a  matter  as  this.  We  know  how 
keenly  sensitive  natures  can  suffer,  not  only  on 
account  of  their  own  sins  and  the  consequent 
pangs  of  conscience,  but  on  account  of  the  sins 
and  miseries  and  sorrows  of  others.  Intensify 
this  sensitiveness  of  nature  a  thousandfold,  and 
the  amount  and  complexity  of  such  suffering  and 
you  will  get  a  good  deal  nearer  to  the  truth.  It 
is  just  conceivable  that  the  physical  sufferings 
of  Christ,  of  which  Doyle  speaks  so  lightly,  great 
though  they  were,  were  not  the  greatest  part  of 
the  anguish  which  He  endured  on  the  Cross. 
Mind  and  soul-suffering,  as  all  the  world  knows, 
may  be  much  keener  and  much  more  hard  to  en- 
dure than  pain  of  body.  But,  if  we  once  grasp 
the  thought  that,  in  some  way  not  understood  by 
us,  there  were  concentrated  in  Christ's  conscious- 
ness, and  in  the  fullest  form,  all  the  manifold  sins 
and  vices  of  mankind,  and  the  agonies  and  mis- 
eries of  human  life  consequent  upon  them,  we  can 
form  some  slight  conception  of  what  those  suffer- 
ings were,  and  how  widely  they  must  have  dif- 
fered from  the  sufferings  of  any  individual  hu- 
man being. 

1 137  ] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

We  have,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  some  faint  anal- 
ogy to  this  in  certain  well-established  facts  which 
recent  psychical  research  has  brought  to  light. 
We  know  today  that  a  spirit  can  become  con- 
scious, not  only  of  the  life-history,  but  also  of 
the  thoughts  and  emotions  of  a  number  of  people 
assembled  in  a  room  at  a  given  time,  can  intelli- 
gently comment  upon  them,  and  thus  give  proof 
of  the  possession  of  this  knowledge.  And  if  this 
be  so  in  the  case  of  a  created  and  limited  being, 
whatever  its  nature,  how  much  more  can  it  be 
conceived  to  be  so  with  One  Who  was  uncreated 
and  unlimited  and,  in  this  respect,  so  different 
from  ourselves. 

But,  quite  apart  from  these  considerations, 
it  was  surely  possible  for  God,  for  the  accomplish- 
ment of  the  Divine  Redemption,  and  for  that 
expiatory  work  for  which  Christ  appeared  in  the 
world,  to  cause  Him  to  experience  in  His  human 
nature  all  those  agonies  of  mind  and  body  to 
which  our  fallen  and  shipwrecked  race  is  subject. 
How  can  any  man  presume  to  pass  judgment  on  a 
matter  so  utterly  beyond  our  limited  human  per- 
ception and  understanding?  The  human  intellect 
manifestly  becomes  very  cloudy  as  soon  as  it 
touches  on  the  portals  of  infinity. 

Sir  Conan  Doyle's  assertion  that  "our 
churches  are  half  empty,  women  her  chief  sup- 

[  138  ] 


Evidence  of  Christian  Thought  and  Experience 

porters,  both  the  learned  and  the  poorest  classes, 
in  town  and  country,  largely  alienated  from 
her,"  need  not  detain  us  long.  It  is,  of  course,  an 
obvious  and  palpable  untruth — so  far  as  the 
Roman  Catholic  Church  is  concerned.  The 
churches  which  are  more  than  half  empty,  which 
have  become  mere  entertainment  bureaus  and 
cheap  variety  shows — in  which  not  even  many  in- 
telligent women  are  supporters — are  those  in 
which  Sir  Conan  Doyle's  or  similar  kinds  of 
Christs  are  preached. 

The  buildings  of  the  Catholic  Church  in  all 
countries,  in  which,  as  every  Catholic  knows,  the 
true  Historic  Christ,  the  Divine  Saviour  of  the 
World,  is  preached,  and  in  which  His  sacraments 
are  validly  administered,  are  so  crowded  that  it 
is  often  difficult  to  provide  adequate  accommoda- 
tion and  that  additional  provision  has  to  be  made 
in  various  ways.  And  any  man  can  at  any  time 
convince  himself  that  these  crowds  are  composed 
of  the  learned  and  unlearned,  of  rich  and  poor — 
in  many  instances  of  men  far  in  excess  of  women. 

I  can,  in  this  respect,  speak  from  an  extensive 
and  unique  personal  experience.  I  have,  in  the 
course  of  my  lecturing  work,  visited  many  coun- 
tries, have  had  opportunities  of  studying  Catholic 
activities  in  Europe,  in  the  Australian  Colonies, 
the  West  Indies,  and  in  South  America.    I  have 

[i39] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

three  times  crossed  the  North  American  conti- 
nent, staying  in  many  cities,  both  large  and  small ; 
never  have  I  fulfilled  my  duties  in  a  half  empty 
church.  Wherever  the  congregation  was  a  small 
one,  it  was  due  to  the  circumstance  that  the 
local  Catholic  population  was  small,  or  that  the 
church  had  not  long  been  built. 

I  am  writing  these  lines  at  a  Religious  House 
in  the  heart  of  the  city  of  Chicago,  and  adjoining 
a  large  and  beautiful  church,  of  which  the  lower 
portion  is  also  used  for  divine  services.  There 
are  ten  Masses  celebrated  in  these  two  churches 
every  Sunday,  commencing  at  five  o'clock  a.  m. 
At  each  of  these  Masses  more  than  eight  hundred 
persons  are  present,  so  that  between  eight  and  ten 
thousand  people  hear  Mass  in  this  church  alone 
every  Sunday.  And  the  clergy  tell  me  that  this 
applies  proportionately  to  the  churches  of  the 
city  and  indeed  to  those  of  all  the  States. 

And  who  has  not  heard  of  the  marvelous  and 
steadily  growing  activities  of  the  Church,  in  an 
endless  variety  of  forms,  and  in  every  direction? 
Consider,  on  the  other  hand,  the  utter  barren- 
ness and  impotence  of  the  unitarian  church  in 
all  countries. 

One  is  simply  amazed  at  the  unblushing  im- 
pudence with  which  responsible  men  impose  their 
falsehoods  upon  the  ignorant  masses,  and  with 

[140] 


Evidence  of  Christian  Thought  and  Experience 

which  they  seek  to  bolster  up  their  wholly  illogical 
and  impossible  theories. 

When  we  now  turn  to  the  Apostolic  Writings 
themselves  and  see  whether  they  throw  any  light 
on  this  aspect  of  the  problem,  we  come  upon  in- 
formation which  is  quite  startling  and  which  is 
certainly  calculated  to  make  even  the  most  ardent 
spiritist  pause  and  reflect.  For,  even  if  we  for 
the  moment  disregard  the  claims  to  inspiration 
of  these  Apostolic  Writings  and  go  the  full 
length  with  the  New  Revelation  men,  the  import 
of  these  statements  assumes  but  a  greater  sig- 
nificance— at  least  for  every  serious  student  of 
the  subject  and  every  really  reflecting  mind.  In- 
deed, on  the  assumption,  as  Sir  Conan  Doyle 
maintains,  that  the  early  followers  of  Christ  prac- 
ticed Spiritism  and  received  intimations  from  the 
other  side,  the  case  is  so  strong  against  him  that 
he  has  literally  not  a  leg  left  to  stand  upon.  For 
what  spirit  could  it  have  been  that  caused  these 
Apostolic  men  to  prophesy  that  this  denial  of  the 
truth  of  the  doctrine  of  the  Incarnation  would 
surely  come  one  day  and  that,  so  far  from  its 
being  a  higher  and  truer  conception  of  things,  it 
was  to  be  regarded  as  the  very  spirit  of  anti- 
Christ? 

Twice  in  his  book  Sir  Conan  Doyle  tells  us  that 
mischievous  and  lying  spirits  no  doubt  exist,  and 

[  141  ] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

that  we  must  therefore  test  or  try  the  spirits ;  but, 
like  all  these  text-mongers,  he  does  not  quote  the 
text  in  its  entirety,  for  it  goes  on: 

"Because  many  false  prophets  are  gone  out  into 
the  world.  By  this  is  the  Spirit  of  God  known. 
Every  spirit  which  confesseth  that  Jesus  Christ 
is  come  in  the  flesh  is  of  God.  And  very  spirit 
which  dissolveth  Jesus  (or  that  confesseth  not 
that  Jesus  Christ  is  come  in  the  flesh,  as  the  au- 
thorized version  has  it)  is  not  of  God;  and  this  is 
anti-Christ  of  whom  you  have  heard  that  he 
cometh  and  he  is  now  already  in  the  world."25 

What  the  Apostle  means  by  "coming  in  the 
flesh"  is  abundantly  clear  from  the  Apostolic 
Writings  and  cannot  be  disputed  by  any  man. 
This  prophetic  utterance  and  warning,  therefore, 
is  a  condemnation,  root  and  branch,  of  all  that 
Doyle  and  his  co-reconstructionists  contend  for, 
and  of  all  that  the  "higher"  spirits  of  the  seance- 
room  assert.  But  can  a  more  flagrant  misuse  and 
misapplication  of  a  text  be  conceived  ? 

In  another  part  of  Holy  Scripture  the  con- 
demnation is  equally  clear  and  the  warning 
equally  emphatic.  In  the  first  epistle  of  St.  Paul 
to  St.  Timothy,  we  read  :26 

"Now  the  spirit  manifestly  saith  that  in  the 

25  St.  John  IV,  1-3. 
28  Chap.  IV,  1-2. 

[142] 


Evidence  of  Christian  Thought  and  Experience 

last  times  some  shall  depart  from  the  faith,  giving 
heed  to  spirits  of  error  and  doctrines  of  devils, 
speaking  lies  in  hypocrisy  and  having  their  con- 
science seared,  forbidding  to  marry,  etc.,  etc." 

"If  you  believe  not  that  I  am  he,"  exclaims 
Christ  Himself,  "you  shall  die  in  your  sin."27 

Again,  "The  son  of  man  when  He  cometh 
shall  he  find,  think  you,  faith  on  earth?"28 

The  Apostle  St.  Paul  writes  to  the  Galatian 
converts : 

"...  There  are  some  that  trouble  you  and 
would  pervert  the  Gospel  of  Christ,  but  though 
we  or  an  angel  from  heaven  preach  a  gospel  to 
you  besides  that  (or  any  other  than  that,  as  the 
authorized  Protestant  version  gives  it)  which 
we  have  preached  to  you,  let  him  be  anathema 
(accursed).29 

With  these  remarkable  utterances,  I  can  well 
leave  this  part  of  my  argument  to  the  judgment 
of  those  whose  minds  are  not  wholly  blinded  by 
fundamental  misconceptions  and  who  are  still 
accessible  to  the  appeals  of  fact  and  of  truth. 
And,  by  way  of  a  very  earnest  and  personal 
appeal  to  all  into  whose  hands  this  book  may  fall, 
I  would  say  in  the  words  of  the  Apostle  St,  Paul : 

"  St.  John  VIII,  24. 

28  St  Luke  XVIII,  8. 

29  Chap.  1,  7,  8. 

[143] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

"...  Keep  that  which  is  permitted  to  thy 
trust,  avoiding  the  profane  novelties  of  words, 
and  oppositions  of  knowledge  falsely  so-called 
which  some  promising  (or  professing)  have 
erred  concerning  the  faith.30 

The  teaching  of  the  "New  Revelation"  finally 
is  that. 

4.  Death  is  not  a  terminus  fixing  man's  destiny, 
but  that  his  moral  education  and  evolution  con- 
tinue indefinitely,  and  that  all  that  can  be  asserted 
is  that  there  is  a  temporary  penal  state  which  be- 
comes the  means  of  development  and  progress, 
etc. 

This  statement,  it  must  be  admitted,  is  the 
very  trump-card  of  the  "New  Revelation,"  as  it  is 
indeed  that  of  many  forms  of  modern  non-Cath- 
olic and  non-Christian  religious  thought  and  phil- 
osophy. However  much  the  disciples  of  these 
new  cults  may  differ  on  other  points  of  teaching, 
they  are  always  in  remarkable  agreement  on  this 
point — "that  Hell  drops  out  altogether" — that 
there  is  really  nothing  much  to  be  feared  respect- 
ing the  soul's  destiny  after  the  death  of  the  body. 
But  should  not  this  very  consensus  of  opinion,  in 
the  midst  of  so  much  divergence,  arouse  our  sus- 
picion? Do  we  not  here  trace  the  workings  of 
the    Zeitgeist — of    the    unrestrained    and ,  mis- 

80 1  St.  Tim.  VI,  20,  21. 

[  144] 


Evidence  of  Christian  Thought  and  Experience 

directed  human  intellect  which  is  forever  beating 
its  wings  against  walls  of  brass?  The  argu- 
ments urged  against  the  true  Christian  doctrine 
of  Hell  invariably  base  themselves  upon  the  sup- 
posed claims  of  human  reason  and  upon  the  want 
of  proportion  between  the  shortness  of  life  and 
the  eternal  duration  of  punishment — upon  the 
love  and  justice  of  an  all-merciful  God.  But  it 
is  in  reality  the  craving  of  the  modern  man  to 
be  free  from  a  law  which  he  instinctively  per- 
ceives to  be  at  work  in  the  moral  universe,  and 
which  alone  effectively  restrains  his  intellectual 
pride  and  arrogance,  and  puts  a  check  upon  the 
indulgence  of  his  perverse  appetites  and  pas- 
sions. 

In  order  to  abrogate  this  law,  therefore,  he  re- 
sorts to  the  most  cunning  feats  of  mental  gym- 
nastics and  empties  the  clearest  and  most  em- 
phatic pronouncements  of  Christ  of  their  obvious 
and  legitimate  meaning.  Indeed,  there  is  prob- 
ably no  dogma  of  the  Catholic  Church  of  which 
such  foolish  and  frivolous  things  have  been  said 
and  written  and  on  which  there  is  such  loose  and 
illogical  thinking  as  on  that  of  Eternal  Punish- 
ment. 

The  remarkable  thing  is  that  no  one  has  ever 
been  known  to  find  fault  with  the  eternity  of 
Heaven — with   the   unchanging   happiness   and 

[145] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

bliss  of  the  Good,  of  the  Saints  and  Martyrs  of 
Christ's  church.  The  very  men  who  denounce 
the  eternity  of  Hell  would  be  offended  if  we 
merely  suggested  the  idea  that  the  joys  of  Heaven 
are  not  eternal.  They  would  certainly  declare 
it  to  be  a  defect  in  God's  moral  government  of 
the  world,  and  in  His  provisions  for  the  true  hap- 
piness of  man,  if  the  Saints  could  be  conceived 
to  be  in  a  state  in  which  it  is  still  possible  for 
them  to  change  their  minds,  and  from  which  they 
may  lapse  some  time  or  other.  For  true  happi- 
ness is  necessarily  associated  with  the  notion  of 
a  goal  reached — of  an  end  attained — of  a  victory 
permanently  won  after  the  long  and  arduous  con- 
flict of  life.  But,  as  St.  Augustine  very  logically 
remarks : 

"To  say  in  one  and  the  same  sentence  life 
eternal  shall  be  without  end,  punishment  eternal 
and  Hell  have  an  end  were  too  absurd;  whence, 
since  the  eternal  life  of  the  saints  shall  be  with- 
out end,  punishment  eternal  too  shall  doubtless 
have  no  end  to  those  whose  it  shall  be."31 

One  is  here  reminded  of  the  witty  remark  of  a 
great  French  statesman  (M.  Thiers)  who  said: 
"Catholicism  may  certainly  hinder  thought,  but  it 
can  only  hinder  it  in  those  who  were  not  made  for 
accurate  thinking." 

S1  De  Civitate  Dei,  XXI,  23. 

[I46  ] 


Evidence  of  Christian  Thought  and  Experience 

Now  this  is  a  subject  with  which  it  is  difficult 
to  deal  adequately  within  the  space  of  a  few  pages 
— the  only  thing  possible  in  a  work  of  this  kind. 
But  I  happen  to  have  given  a  good  deal  of  thought 
to  it  and  to  have  written  a  book,  specifically  deal- 
ing with  the  arguments  commonly  urged  against 
the  truth  and  reasonableness  of  the  Catholic  doc- 
trine of  Hell.  It  has  passed  through  several  edi- 
tions in  England  and  a  cheap  American  edition 
has  recently  been  published.32  I  venture  to  com- 
mend it  to  any  reader  who  is  seriously  interested 
in  the  subject.  Many  of  my  correspondents,  and 
indeed  the  entire  non-Catholic  press,  have  ad- 
mitted that  I  have  dealt  with  the  subject  fully  and 
fairly  and  that  I  have  not  shirked  any  objection 
that  can  reasonably  be  urged  against  the  doctrine. 

Several  of  them  have  entirely  changed  their 
viewpoint  after  perusing  the  book,  and  have  re- 
turned to  their  obedience  to  the  Church  and  the 
practice  of  their  religion. 

What  I  therefore  propose  to  do  here — and  in- 
deed all  I  can  do — is  to  set  forth,  in  a  few  brief 
and  concise  paragraphs,  what  right  reason  has 
to  say  about  the  matter,  and  what  some  really 
great  and  accurate  thinkers  have  said  about  it. 
From  these  alone  it  will  be  seen  how  very  far  Sir 

32  Hell  and  its  Problems.    Published  at  682  Main  St,  Buffalo, 
N.  Y.    Thirty  cents,  including  postage. 

[I47l 


The  New  Black  Magic 

Conan  Doyle  and  Sir  Oliver  Lodge  are  from  the 
truth  when  they  assert  that  "Hell  has  long 
dropped  out  of  the  thoughts  of  every  reasonable 
man." 

Now  we  have  first  of  all  to  fix  in  our  minds 
the  wholly  incontestable  fact  that  no  honest  man 
can,  by  any  feat  of  gymnastics  or  any  trick  of 
exegesis,  get  rid  of  the  plain  and  clear  teaching 
of  the  New  Testament.  If  that  Book  teaches 
anything  at  all,  in  concise  and  emphatic  terms, 
explicitly  and  implicitly,  it  is  the  doctrine  of  Hell 
— of  an  enduring  penal  state  for  the  perversely 
and  obstinately  wicked.  It  is,  it  should  be  borne 
in  mind,  not  a  question  of  an  isolated  text  here 
and  there  which,  as  Doyle  says,  may  be  oriental 
imagery,  but  of  a  teaching  underlying  the  entire 
thought-structure  of  the  New  Testament  and 
which  meets  us  on  practically  every  page  of  the 
book.  With  its  omission,  without  the  conception 
of  a  future  and  permanent  state  of  punishment, 
consequent  upon  a  life  of  sin  and  rebellion  against 
God,  the  Christian  scheme  of  Redemption  has 
neither  consistency  nor  coherence,  and  its  most 
central  doctrines  become  unreasonable  and  in- 
comprehensible. 

It  is  instructive  and  significant  to  observe  that 
this  transparent  fact  has  never  been  questioned 
by   the    skeptic    and    the    unbeliever,    however 

[148] 


Evidence  of  Christian  Thought  and  Experience 

strongly  he  may  have  opposed  the  doctrine  itself 
on  moral  grounds.  "It  has  been  reserved  for  the 
accommodating  shallow  Christians  of  modern 
days,  who  wish  to  reject  it  without  abandoning 
their  belief  in  Christianity,  to  throw  dust  in  other 
people's  eyes  as  well  as  their  own,  by  obscuring 
what  is  really  a  very  simple  matter  with  ingenious 
— though  it  may  be  unconscious — sophistries." 

Such  words  as  are  employed  by  Christ  Himself 
in  St.  Matthew,  XXV,  41-46;  in  St.  Mark  III,  29 
and  IX,  46-47;  and  Apoc.  XIV,  10-11 ;  and  XXI, 
8,  remain,  as  the  late  Sir  James  Stephen  rightly 
said,  "The  most  terrific  words  which  have  ever 
been  spoken  in  the  ears  of  man." 

But  "what  Christ  teaches  is  the  truth.  It  is 
unthinkable  that  He  should  have  told  us  of  hor- 
rors of  the  future  life,  for  our  good,  and  the 
horrors  not  really  there.  .  .  .  We  may  distrust 
any  view  of  their  meaning  that  conflicts  with 
the  justice  and  mercy  of  God,  or  we  may  dis- 
trust our  judgment  that  the  meaning  does  so  con- 
flict. But  the  Revelation  we  must  not  dare  to 
refuse  or  reconstruct."33 

Man's  moral  nature  can,  of  course,  with  a  cer- 
tain amount  of  manipulation  be  made  to  witness 
falsely.  But  his  unperverted  instinct,  his  normal 
natural  conscience,  testify  in  favor  of  some  grie- 

33  The  New  Pelagianism,  by  J.  H.  Williams. 
C  149] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

votis  punishment  consequent  upon  sin  and  final 
impenitence.  The  doctrine  of  Hell,  therefore, 
underlies  the  beliefs  and  sacrificial  practices  of  all 
heathen  races. 

"Menace  as  well  as  promise,"  wrote  Mr.  W.  E. 
Gladstone,  "menace  for  those  whom  promise 
could  not  melt  or  move,  formed  an  essential  part 
of  the  provision  for  working  out  the  redemption 
of  the  world."    And  he  continues: 

"To  presume  upon  over-riding  the  express 
declarations  of  the  Lord  Himself,  delivered  from 
His  own  authority,  is  surely  to  break  up  Revealed 
Religion  in  its  very  ground-work,  and  to  sub- 
stitute for  it  a  flimsy  speculation,  spun,  like  the 
spider's  web,  by  the  private  spirit,  and  about  as 
little  capable  as  that  web  of  bearing  the  strain  by 
which  the  false  is  to  be  severed  from  the  true." 

We  know  for  certain  that  God  is  good,  but  we 
also  know  that  God,  in  spite  of  His  goodness,  is 
capable  of  hurting  us  very  severely  and  even 
permanently  in  this  life,  and  that  He  rigidly  and 
unerringly  punishes  sin.  Is  it  not  conceivable, 
therefore,  that  the  severity  of  human  suffering 
here  is  God's  method  of  saving  us  from  possible 
greater  suffering  hereafter? 

It  is  possible  that  could  we  understand  what 
eternity  really  is  the  notion  of  the  reversal  of  the 

[150] 


Evidence  of  Christian  Thought  and  Experience 

soul's  condition — the  necessary  and  final  effect  of 
many  acts  and  habits — would  be  seen  to  involve 
an  absurdity. 

Any  being  to  whom  has  been  given  that  won- 
derful power  of  will  with  all  the  consequent  re- 
sponsibilities of  a  state  of  probation,  must  be  able 
to  fail  as  well  as  to  succeed — the  very  term  "pro- 
bation" implies  a  risk  of  failure.  What  are  we  to 
deem  probable  as  to  the  consequences  of  such 
failure?  Reason  unaided  can  tell  us  very  little 
of  the  soul  after  death.  Certainly  we  have  no 
evidence  that  it  will  then  be  able  to  undo  what  it 
has  done  during  life,  but  rather  the  contrary. 
The  doctrine  of  the  persistence  of  force  does  not 
favor  such  a  view  and  there  is  nothing  which  con- 
tradicts the  Church's  assertion  that  the  state  in 
which  the  soul  finds  itself  at  the  close  of  life's 
trial  cannot  be  reversed.  If  so,  the  man  who  dies 
in  a  state  of  aversion  from  the  highest  light  and 
the  supreme  good  must  remain  in  such  a  state 
with  all  its  inevitable  consequences. 

Some  will  say  those  consequences  need  not  be 
eternal.  But  if  the  cause  should  be  unchangeable, 
how  can  the  consequences  change?  Moreover, 
we  are  contemplating  what  relates  to  eternity 
when  time  shall  have  ceased  to  be. 

Again,  the  term,  Eternal  Punishment,  may  be 
[151] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

an  imperfect  and  inadequate  term;  it  may  not 
nearly  contain  the  truth  as  it  actually  is.  It  may 
be  a  term  conveying  the  nearest  possible  equiva- 
lent to  a  state  or  condition  of  which  we  cannot, 
with  our  present  limitations,  form  an  accurate 
idea.  Language,  capable  only  of  expressing  and 
explaining  finite  things,  can  scarcely  be  expected 
to  adequately  express  the  infinite.  May  not  the 
difficulty,  therefore,  be  in  the  term  rather  than  in 
the  idea  and  principle  which  underlie  it,  and 
which  the  term  is  meant  to  convey?  May  it  not 
be  due  to  the  fact  that  our  power  of  thought  is 
limited,  and  that  our  understandings  are  finite 
and  therefore  imperfect? 

"Man  cannot  help  erring;  but  lack  of  solicitude 
for  his  eternal  welfare,  and  for  the  means  of 
bringing  it  about  is  moral  deformity."34 

"Mortal  sin  is  an  essential  disorder;  it  is  a 
breaking  of  the  universal  harmony."  "Nature  is 
terrible  in  its  consequences.  If  the  human  spirit, 
after  doing  evil  and  not  repenting,  or  more  clearly 
still,  after  rising  against  God  and  not  humbling 
itself  before  God,  were  restored  to  perfect  spirit- 
integrity  through  the  simple  act  of  its  being  sepa- 
rated from  the  body,  the  human  spirit  would  be 
the  only  exception  to  the  law  of  continuity  and 
consequence."34 

31The  Human  Soul,  by  Dom  A.  Vonier,  O.S.B. 
[152] 


Evidence  of  Christian  Thought  and  Experience 

"We  all  expect  this  law  of  consequences  to  be 
operative  in  our  soul  for  happiness,  i.e.,  we  ex- 
pect that  our  present  efforts  at  sanctity  shall 
make  our  soul  holy  for  eternity.  It  is  illogical  not 
to  apply  the  law  when  it  is  a  case  of  moral  warp- 
ing and  of  defilement  of  the  will.34 

"Temporal  losses  may  not  be  through  one's 
fault,  may  be  caused  by  mere  incapacity;  yet 
nature  is  unsparing.  Spiritual  losses  cannot  but 
be  the  act  of  deliberate  free  will  and  of  clear 
knowledge."34 

We  have  a  certain  analogy  to  the  divine  law  of 
punishment  in  our  own  human  and  imperfect 
modes  of  measuring  out  punishment.  It  is  not, 
and  cannot  be,  a  question  of  time.  A  single  act, 
such  as  a  theft  or  a  murder  or  a  forgery,  is  com- 
mitted in  a  moment  of  time,  yet  the  punishment 
inflicted  may  extend  over  many  years.  The  law 
does  not  determine  the  amount  of  punishment  by 
the  time  occupied  in  committing  the  offense,  but 
by  the  nature  of  the  offense  and  the  moral  state 
and  character  to  which  it  points.  Now  if  this  be 
so  here,  in  this  present  life,  where  change  is  still 
possible,  and  where  a  transformation  can  still  be 
effected,  how  is  it  to  be  there  where  a  terminus 
of  life  is  reached,  where  the  character,  by  reason 

34  The  Human  Soul,  by  Dom  A.  Vonier,  O.S.B. 
[153  3 


The  New  Black  Magic 

of  the  nature  of  the  new  life,  is  no  longer  capable 
of  change,  and  where  it  is  a  question  of  a  perma- 
nent moral  state  and  condition?  Not  a  single 
passage  can  be  cited,  either  from  the  Old  Testa- 
ment or  from  the  New,  which  even  hints  at  a  con- 
tinued or  second  probation  after  death. 

A  further  test  of  will,  moreover,  can  surely 
only  be  conceived  to  exist  where  two  conflicting 
attractions  exist.  But,  in  the  other  state,  the 
earthly  life  and  its  fascinations  will  have  ceased 
to  be ;  the  bodily  senses  will  no  longer  be  alluring 
the  will ;  all  mundane  attractions  will  have  passed 
away.  The  spiritual  end  will  be  seen  to  be  the 
oniy  rational  end  of  life  and  the  only  end  now 
possible.  Can  a  Godward  choice,  under  such  con- 
ditions, even  if  it  could  be  conceived,  be  of  any 
moral  value?  Could  it  be  called  a  choice  at  all? 
It  must  be  clear,  too,  upon  reflection,  that  if,  in 
accordance  with  a  law  of  God,  man's  trial-time 
were  prolonged  indefinitely,  additional  agencies 
being  constantly  brought  to  bear  upon  him,  it 
would  be  within  man's  power  to  defy  God.  He 
would,  in  a  sense,  be  compelling  God  to  endure 
his  sin  and  to  bear  with  the  manifestations  of  his 
perverse  and  rebellious  will.  Such  a  law  would 
be  putting  God  at  the  sinner's  mercy.  The  very 
knowledge  that  a  return  to  God  is  possible  when- 

[i54] 


Evidence  of  Christian  Thought  and  Experience 

ever  he  should  begin  to  weary  of  his  deliberate 
opposition,  would  tend  to  confirm  a  hardened 
nature  in  that  opposition,  and  would  fill  the  spir- 
itual universe  with  beings  whose  ultimate  destiny 
would  be  forever  trembling  in  the  balance. 

The  familiar  plea  that  the  time  allotted  to  us  as 
the  period  of  our  probation  is  too  short,  in  view  of 
the  consequent  eternity,  is  a  subtle  self-deception. 
It  is  not,  let  it  be  borne  in  mind,  a  question  of 
certain  acts  and  things  done  or  left  undone,  but 
of  a  character  formed — finally  formed  perhaps 
in  a  moment  of  time.  This  moment  may  come 
early  in  life;  it  may  come  late.  No  mortal  man 
can  tell  when  the  decisive  crisis  in  the  soul's  life 
is  reached  from  God's  point  of  view.  "He  to 
whom  a  thousand  years  are  as  one  day  can,  if  it 
so  please  Him,  as  infallibly  test  the  entire  bent 
and  purpose  of  the  will  by  a  single  trial  as  after 
a  course  prolonged  through  countless  ages." 

No  right-thinking  man  will  be  disposed  to  deny 
that  with  the  light,  the  opportunities  and  the  aids 
vouchsafed  to  him,  he  might  at  any  given  moment 
be  a  much  better  man  than  he  really  is.  Life, 
broadly  speaking,  is  long  enough  to  enable  a  man 
to  achieve  his  aims  in  the  temporal  order.  It  is 
not  too  short  to  enable  him  to  achieve  his  end  or 
purpose  in  the  spiritual  order. 

[i55] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

"The  Thomistic  explanation55  of  reprobation  is 
to  be  found,  not  in  the  direct  pronouncement  and 
act  of  God;  it  is  to  be  found  in  the  condition  of 
the  human  soul  irreparably  spoiled  by  sin." 

"Eternity  of  pain  does  not  correspond  to  the 
gravity  of  the  guilt;  but  it  corresponds  to  the 
irreparable  nature  of  the  guilt.  ...  Its  endless- 
ness is  not  so  much  a  punishment  as  a  condition 
of  the  spirit." 

"God  has  made  spiritual  nature  so  perfect,  that 
a  wrong  use  of  their  powers  will  bring  about  re- 
sults as  permanent  as  the  right  use  of  them." 

"As  long  as  man  can  be  saved,  God  will  assist 
him  in  the  work  of  salvation.  After  death,  his 
spirit-nature  does  not  allow  of  salvation,  because 
it  does  not  allow  of  change." 

"A  second  existence  for  man  must,  of  neces- 
sity, be  an  existence  totally  different  from  all 
our  human  experience.  A  second  existence  could 
never  mean  this,  that  we  should  then  do  the 
things  we  have  neglected  to  do  during  the  first 
existence.  As  all  our  sensitive  life  will  be  gone, 
we  cannot  do  or  undo  anything  of  the  first,  the 
mortal  existence." 

"Man,  having  no  other  human  life,  through  the 

35  See  The  Human  Soul. 

[156] 


Evidence  of  Christian  Thought  and  Experience 

fact  of  death,  cannot  be  said  to  have  another 
chance;  another  chance  means  another  human 
life." 

"How  much,"  wrote  Mr.  Gladstone,  "do  we 
know  of  the  lot  of  the  perversely  wicked  ?  They 
disappear  into  pain  and  sorrow;  the  veil  drops 
upon  them  in  that  condition.  Every  indication  of 
a  further  change  is  withheld,  so  that  if  it  be  de- 
signed it  has  not  been  made  known,  and  is  no- 
where incorporated  with  the  divine  teaching. 
Whatever  else  pertains  to  this  sad  subject  is  with- 
held from  our  too  curious  and  unprofitable  gaze. 
The  specific  and  limited  statements  supplied  to 
us  are,  after  all,  only  expressions,  in  particular 
form,  of  immovable  and  universal  laws — on  the 
one  hand,  of  the  irrevocable  union  between  suffer- 
ing and  sin;  on  the  other  hand,  of  the  perfection 
of  the  Most  High — both  of  them  believed  in  full, 
have  only  in  part  been  disclosed,  and  having  else- 
where, it  may  be,  their  plenary  manifestation  in 
that  day  of  the  restitution  of  all  things  for  which 
a  groaning  and  travailing  creation  yearns." 

The  problem  why  God  created  beings  whose 
future  misery  we  must  be  able  to  foresee,  we  can- 
not hope  to  solve  with  our  limited  understanding. 
We  can  but  reason  from  the  known  to  the  un- 
known.    The  mystery,  most  probably,   has  its 

[157] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

explanation  in  the  fact  of  our  moral  freedom.  In 
any  case,  physical  and  mental  suffering,  grievous 
sickness  and  pain,  declining  health  and  the  dis- 
comforts of  old  age,  are,  in  one  form  or  another, 
the  lot  of  all  men.  And,  although  God  foresaw 
all  this  natural  suffering,  He  yet  created  man. 
His  foreknowledge  respecting  a  world  of  anguish 
and  woe  did  not  prevent  His  calling  that  world 
into  being.  But  if  God's  manifest  action,  in  the 
matter  of  our  present  state,  is  in  the  end  recon- 
cilable with  our  intuitive  belief  in  His  goodness 
and  love,  why  should  it  not  be  equally  so  in  mat- 
ters pertaining  to  the  future  life?  If,  in  passing 
into  conscious  existence,  terrible  risks  respecting 
the  present  life  are  incurred  by  the  creature,  why 
not  equal  or  conceivably  greater  risks  respecting 
the  future  life?  Bearing  in  mind  the  unity  of 
nature  and  of  nature's  laws,  is  it  not  more  than 
probable  that  the  law  pertains  to  both  states? 
The  risks  incurred  may,  for  all  we  know,  be  the 
necessary  adjuncts  to  the  gift  of  conscious  life 
and  of  free-will.  In  any  case,  "If  there  is  one 
thing  that  is  certain  it  is  this:  that  no  one  will 
ever  be  punished  with  the  positive  punishment  of 
the  life  to  come  who  has  not,  with  full  knowl- 
edge, and  complete  consciousness,  and  full  con- 
sent, turned  his  back  upon  Almighty  God." 

It  must  finally  be  evident  that  if  everyone  is 
[158] 


Evidence  of  Christian  Thought  and  Experience 

to  go  to  Heaven  finally,  whether  they  choose  it  or 
not,  then  life  is  only  a  kind  of  game  and  men 
mere  pawns  that  are  all  put  into  the  box  at  the 
end. 

And  is  it  credible,  we  may  ask,  that  the  Son  of 
God  should  have  become  man  and  have  died  on 
the  Cross,  merely  to  save  men  from  the  short 
and  temporal  consequences  of  sin  ?  Does  not  the 
infinity  of  the  Sacrifice  imply  an  infinity  of  misery 
as  that  from  which  the  Sacrifice  was  intended  to 
deliver  those  who  would  accept  it? 

It  is  a  curious  thing  that  a  denial  of  the  doc- 
trine of  Hell,  as  a  necessary  element  in  the 
scheme  of  Redemption,  is  almost  always  followed 
by  a  denial  of  some  other  important  doctrine  con- 
nected with  the  incarnation  and  redemption  of 
Christ.  It  inevitably  leads  to  what  is  termed 
"advanced"  or  "liberal"  views,  and  what  is  this 
but  another  name  for  disbelief  or  rejection  of 
truths,  which  the  natural  and  limited  human  rea- 
son cannot  square  with  its  dictates  and  surmises, 
and  against  which  the  unaided  intellect  rebels. 

It  is  also  a  significant  thing  and  worthy  of  note 
that  to  the  Martyrs  and  the  Saints,  who  lived 
very  close  to  God,  Christ's  teaching  respecting 
Hell  and  the  punishmnet  of  sin  has  never  pre- 
sented any  moral  or  intellectual  difficulty.    It  has 

[i59] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

never  caused  them  to  love  God  less,  to  be  less 
willing  to  die  for  Him,  or  to  entertain  less  noble 
or  elevating  ideas  of  His  character.  It  is  chiefly 
to  the  easy-going  man  of  the  world,  to  the  child 
of  the  modern  age,  who  often  does  not  himself 
know  what  he  really  believes,  that  these  difficul- 
ties occur.  It  is  he  who  waxes  eloquent  as  to  the 
unreasonableness  of  the  doctrine  of  Hell. 

When  the  aged  Polycarp,  the  disciple  of  St. 
John,  was  put  to  the  torture  he  said  to  his  tor- 
turers: "You  threaten  me  with  the  fire  which 
only  burns  for  an  hour  and  is  then  extinguished. 
You  do  not  know  the  fire  of  the  judgment  to  come 
and  of  the  eternal  punishment  reserved  for  the 
wicked." 

One  thing  we  may  surely  regard  as  certain :  A 
correct  estimate  of  the  truths  of  the  supernatural 
order  cannot  be  formed  by  the  natural  human 
reason,  least  of  all  by  the  reason  which  is  not  in 
some  degree  in  "rapport"  with  God  and  with  that 
other-world-order.  "The  natural  (or  sensual) 
man  receiveth  (or  perceiveth)  not  the  things  of 
the  Spirit  of  God.36  They  are  foolishness  to  him. 
A  higher  light  is  needed  to  perceive  them;  that 
light  is  the  gift  of  God,  and  it  is  by  that  light 
alone,  responded  to  by  a  certain  soul-culture  and 

3SI  Corinth.   :  11,  14. 

[i6o] 


Evidence  of  Christian  Thought  and  Experience 

soul-development,  that  he  can  see  rightly  and 
judge  justly.  "Everything  grows  clear,"  said 
Pasteur,  "in  the  reflections  from  the  Infinite. 
"The  more  I  know,  the  more  nearly  is  my  faith 
that  of  the  Breton  peasant.  Could  I  but  know 
all,  I  would  have  the  faith  of  the  Breton  peasant 
woman." 

But  I  cannot  here  pursue  this  subject  any 
further.  Sufficient  has  been  said  to  show  that  it 
would  be  wholly  inconsistent  with  our  ideas  of 
the  dignity  and  holiness  of  God  and  repugnant  to 
human  reason  to  assume  that  Christ,  whom  even 
Lodge  and  Doyle  regard  as  a  teacher  come  from 
God,  should  have  misled  mankind  on  so  great  and 
momentous  a  matter — "should  have  told  us  of 
horrors  of  the  future  life,  for  our  good,  and  the 
horrors  not  really  there." 


[161] 


VII 

THE  EVIDENCE  OF  REASON  AND 
COMMON  SENSE 


THE  EVIDENCE  OF  REASON  AND 
COMMON  SENSE 

It  is  scarcely  necessary  to  state  at  length  what 
true  and  Historical  Christianity  has  done  for  the 
world  in  the  past — what  the  Church  and  her 
Sacraments  mean  for  millions  of  intelligent  and 
serious-minded  men  and  women  today. 

The  evidence  lies  all  around  us — in  an  endless 
variety  of  forms.  The  daily  increasing  stream 
of  converts  into  the  Catholic  Church  in  all  coun- 
tries— in  many  instances  highly  intellectual  men 
and  women  who  have  passed  through  various 
phases  of  religious  thought  and  found  them  want- 
ing— her  admitted  triumphs  and  victories  during 
the  war;  the  admission  of  failure  of  their  own 
communions  on  the  part  of  Anglican  Bishops  and 
of  Heads  of  other  non-Catholic  organizations — 
all  these  constitute  a  mass  of  such  significant  and 
incontrovertible  testimony  that  none  can  afford 
to  disregard  it.  A  feeling  is  perceptibly  gaining 
ground  everywhere  that  the  Historic  Church,  and 
the  Historic  Faith,  can  alone  face  and  deal  with 
the  grave  problems  which  are  perplexing  us  to- 
day, and  that  upon  them  alone  the  reconstruction 
of  our  shattered  and  shipwrecked  civilization  can 
be  attempted. 

[165] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

We  have  heard  much  in  these  days  of  the  sup- 
posed failures  of  Christianity;  but  it  would  be 
more  in  accordance  with  the  facts,  as  I  have 
shown,  if  those  who  use  such  expressions  spoke 
of  the  failures  of  a  certain  kind  of  Christianity. 
Catholicism  manifestly  is  far  from  being  a  fail- 
ure. And,  indeed,  if  we  would  form  a  true  and 
just  estimate  of  matters  it  is  but  necessary  to 
endeavor  to  realize  what  the  world  would  be 
without  it  today. 

The  true  Catholic  Faith  has  brought  us  the 
only  rational  solution  of  the  mystery  and  mean- 
ing of  life;  it  has  placed  us  in  a  right  and  true 
relation  to  God;  it  has  solved  for  us  the  riddle 
of  suffering  and  endowed  it  with  a  noble  and  ex- 
alted significance;  it  has  brought  us  the  forgive- 
ness of  sin  and  the  means  of  union  with  God;  it 
provides  us,  in  its  sacramental  institutions,  with 
treasures  of  grace  by  means  of  which  we  are  able 
to  bear  life's  burdens  and  to  fight  its  battles.  It 
is  a  source  of  never-failing  consolation  to  us  in 
sorrow  and  sickness  and  in  the  hour  of  death. 
Millions  of  men  and  women,  of  all  nations,  are 
ready  to  bear  testimony  to  the  reality  of  these 
facts  and  experiences. 

But  it  must  be  evident  that  if  the  "New  Revela- 
tion" be  true,  if  Christ  is  not  what  we  have  be- 
lieved Him  to  be,  if  there  never  was  an  Atone- 

[  166] 


The  Evidence  of  Reason  and  Common  Sense 

ment  for  Sin  and  a  consequent  means  of  recon- 
cilation  and  union  with  God,  our  whole  outlook 
on  life  will  have  to  be  changed,  and  the  testimony 
of  the  best  and  noblest  of  men  will  have  to  be  re- 
garded as  untrustworthy  and  worthless.  We 
shall  have  to  reconstruct  our  entire  moral  and 
spiritu.  1  life. 

God,  we  are  told  by  Sir  Conan  Doyle  and  his 
spirit-instructors,  is  so  infinite  that  He  is  not  even 
within  the  ken  of  the  "higher"  Spirits;  as  to 
Christ,  the  ideas  respecting  Him  are  so  vague 
that  it  would  be  difficult  to  say  who  and  what  He 
really  is.  He  cannot,  in  any  case,  be  said  to 
possess  that  divine  authority  which  we  attribute 
to  Him.  We  cannot,  therefore,  be  sure  that  He 
hears  our  prayers  and  is  able  to  answer  them. 
The  good  angels  do  not  give  any  perceptible 
signs  of  their  presence  in  connection  with  these 
manifestations  and  cannot,  therefore,  be  sup- 
posed to  be  aiding  us.  We  must,  therefore,  here- 
after "seek  the  truth  from  the  dead" — the  very 
thing  so  strictly  forbidden  us  in  both  the  Old  and 
New  Testaments — we  must  resort,  for  light  and 
guidance,  in  earthly  as  well  as  in  spiritual  matters, 
to  tipping  tables  and  the  automatic  pencil,  to  the 
spirits  of  the  ouija-board  and  the  seance-room. 
This,  it  will  and  must  be  admitted,  is  the  neces- 
sary and  inevitable  inference,   for  any  logical 

[167] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

mind  that  accepts  the  terms  of  the  "New  Revela- 
tion," and  that  thinks  the  matter  out  to  its  last 
and  fullest  conclusion. 

But  can  a  greater  piece  of  folly  and  of  hopeless 
and  utter  absurdity  be  conceived?  Are  there 
really  intelligent  men  and  women  so  utterly  de- 
void of  common  sense  that  they  can  face  such  an 
inference  with  equanimity  ?  Has  the  world  gone 
so  hopelessly  mad  that  it  has  lost  all  sense  of  the 
true  meaning  and  proportion  of  things?  Let  us 
try  and  picture  to  ourselves  a  world  hereafter  in 
which  the  seance,  with  the  entranced  medium, 
and  the  tipping  table,  is  the  ordinary  and  serious 
mode  of  seeking  after  truth  and  of  obtaining 
guidance  and  direction  in  the  affairs  and  com- 
plexities of  life — where  we  are  to  learn  what  the 
aim  and  purpose  of  life  really  is,  and  how  it  is  to 
be  achieved.  To  those  of  us  who  are  familiar 
with  what  goes  on  in  the  seance-room ;  the  phys- 
ical and  moral  effects  on  the  medium  and  the  sit- 
ters, the  wearisome  process  of  establishing  "con- 
ditions," the  lies  and  contradictions  of  the  spirits, 
the  frivolous  waste  of  precious  hours,  the  insati- 
able craving  for  further  evidence  and  more 
seances,  the  neglect  of  all  true  and  wholesome 
spiritual  exercises — the  picture  is  one  to  literally 
appall  the  imagination. 

One  cannot  find  words  strong  enough  to  warn 
[i68] 


The  Evidence  of  Reason  and  Common  Sense 

the  unwary  and  to  put  them  on  their  guard 
against  the  perils  of  such  a  cultivation  of  "the 
lure  of  the  unseen."  The  path  along  which  this 
"New  Revelation"  has  so  far  travelled  is  strewn 
with  the  wrecks  of  happy  homes,  of  ruined  con- 
stitutions, of  miserable  and  blighted  lives.  But, 
lest  any  one  should  imagine  that  I  am  overstating 
the  seriousness  of  the  situation,  I  will  quote  what 
an  eminent  English  writer37  has  quite  recently 
said  on  the  subject  in  his  comments  on  Doyle's 
and  Lodge's  books : 

"Let  them  (the  public)  beware;  for  three  of 
my  friends,  men  of  eminence  who  really  believe 
in  Spiritualism,  have  told  me  that  they  have  for- 
bidden the  very  name  of  it,  or  any  allusion  to  it, 
to  be  mentioned  in  their  homes,  have  forbidden 
their  wives  and  children  to  touch  it,  as  if  it  were 
a  thing  accursed.  And  why  ?  Because  not  being 
really  known  and  explainable,  it  puts  their  minds 
on  a  rack;  and  by  the  'Black  Magic'  which  is 
always  part  of  it,  so  often  leads  to  insanity  and 
death." 

In  the  preface  of  his  book,  Dr.  Crozier  writes : 

"Another  revolution  which  the  war  has  effected 

is  that  the  Religion  of  Christ  and  the  doctrines  of 

the  Church  which  were  still  sufficient  to  meet  the 

37  Dr.  John  Beattie  Crozier,  LL.D.,  in  "Last  Words  on  Great 
Issues." 

[I69] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

needs  of  sorrow-laden  souls,  are  now  giving 
place  to  a  spiritualism  of  'spooks'  and  'mediums,' 
on  whose  scraggy  and  beggarly  shake-down,  not 
merely  the  bewildered,  the  stricken,  the  bereaved, 
are  content  to  lie  down  in  peace,  calmly  awaiting 
their  death — but  even  the  intellectuals  as  well.  Is 
this  not  a  strange  topsy-turvydom  ?  And  would 
it  not  indeed  be  a  theme  for  comedy,  were  it  not 
so  pathetic  a  tragedy?  For  consider — that  the 
very  Christianity  which  when  it  came  into  the 
world,  occupied  itself  largely  in  casting  out  these 
'spooks'  and  'mediums,'  these  sorcerers  and 
necromancers — that  this  Christianity,  I  say, 
should,  in  its  decadence,  have  so  lost  itself  and 
its  hold  on  the  minds  of  men,  that  these  mediums 
from  their  superior  pose  and  elevation,  can  now 
actually  condescend  to  patronize  it — going  even 
so  far  as  to  suggest  that  if  its  old  moribund  leaves 
and  branches  could  only  be  sprinkled  by  their 
healing  waters,  it  would  revive  in  all  its  pristine 
vigor;  and,  like  the  old  and  'wappened  widow'  in 
Shakespeare's  Tirnon'  be  spiced  to  the  April  day 
again!  Is  this  not  monstrous  in  this  'so-called' 
twentieth  century?  No  wonder  that  Father 
Vaughan,  representing  the  Roman  Catholic 
Church,  should  in  his  disgust  on  seeing  Prot- 
estants lying  low  under  this  degradation,  feel  in 
his  cheek  a  blush  of  shame!    To  me,  as  an  out- 

[170] 


The  Evidence  of  Reason  and  Common  Sense 

sider,  there  seems,  I  confess,  something  in  the 
continuous  tradition  of  the  old  original  Church 
after  all!" 

Other  leading  and  sensible  men  of  our  time, 
who  may  be  credited  with  knowing  something 
about  the  matter,  have  expressed  themselves  in  a 
similar  manner.  Professor  H.  E.  Armstrong, 
F.R.S.,  is  emphatic  in  his  condemnation.  In  a 
postscript  to  Mr.  Edward  Clodd's  work,  "If  a 
man  die  shall  he  live  again  ?"  written  in  refutation 
of  "Raymond,"  the  work  by  Sir  Oliver  Lodge, 
which  is  largely  responsible  for  the  present  re- 
crudescence of  necromancy,  Prof.  Armstrong 
says : 

"It  appears  to  me  to  be  a  cumulative  and  force- 
ful gravamen  against  a  movement  every  aspect 
of  which  is  pernicious — pernicious  alike  to  the 
prime  movers  and  to  the  public ;  one  which,  at  all 
costs,  in  support  of  sanity  of  human  outlook,  we 
should  seek  to  stamp  out  with  every  weapon  at 
our  command.  .  .  .  That  neither  the  Church  nor 
educated  opinion  should  have  had  the  courage, 
the  sense  of  duty,  to  take  real  exception  to  its 
promulgation,  cannot  well  be  regarded  otherwise 
than  as  a  proof  that  we  are  living  in  a  period  of 
intellectual  decadence." 

By  "The  Church,"  says  Fr.  Hudson,  "Prof. 
Armstrong  understands,  of  course,  the  Church  of 

[171 3 


The  New  Black  Magic 

England.  If  he  were  better  informed  he  would 
be  aware  that  almost  simultaneously  with  the 
appearance  of  "Raymond"  the  Church  renewed 
its  condemnation  of  the  movement  which  he 
rightly  considers  pernicious  and  so  vehemently 
condemns."38 

Professor  Percy  Gardner  of  Oxford,  a  non- 
Catholic  like  the  two  authors  quoted,  writes: 

"The  necromancy  of  today  depicts  a  future 
state  of  things  as  colorless  and  meaningless  as 
are  the  lives  of  many  comfortable  Christians, 
without  spiritual  passion  or  ambition." 

But,  looking  away  for  the  moment  from  the 
definitely  religious  and  moral  aspect  of  the  mat- 
ter, while  bearing  in  mind  certain  facts  connected 
with  spirit-intercourse  which  cannot  very  well  be 
ignored,  is  there  anything  of  solid  value  which 
the  disciple  of  the  new  cult  is  likely  to  derive 
from  the  practice  of  his  new  religion  ? 

1.  If  the  practice  be  indulged  in  with  a  view  to 
securing  scientific  certainty  respecting  the  im- 
mortality of  the  human  soul,  the  seeker  will  most 
certainly  be  disappointed.  Such  certainty  cannot, 
logically,  be  deduced  from  the  evidence  furnished 
by  spiritistic  phenomena.  In  the  first  place,  we 
can  never   be  absolutely   sure,   from   the   very 

38  The  text  of  the  decree  referred  to  will  be  found  on  page  203. 
[172] 


The  Evidence  of  Reason  and  Common  Sense 

nature  of  the  case,  that  the  communicators  are 
really  the  spirits  of  the  dead.  I  have  shown  on 
what  grounds  grave  doubt  must  be,  and  is,  enter- 
tained by  the  most  experienced  experimenters 
on  this  point.  The  best  evidence  conceivable 
could  never  yield  more  than  a  mere  probability, 
and  such  probability  is  attainable  on  other  and 
far  better  grounds. 

But  even  if  this  were  not  the  case,  if  it  could 
be  proved  that  the  spirits  of  a  certain  low  order 
of  deceased  human  beings  are,  in  some  instances, 
the  communicators,  their  manifestations  could 
not  prove  more  than  survival  of  death.  It  could 
then  still  be  urged  that  such  survival  might  termi- 
nate after  a  time,  when  the  vitality  of  the  life- 
principle  which  has  managed  to  escape  the 
destruction  of  the  body  has  spent  itself  and  is 
exhausted.  I  had  this  forcibly  brought  home  to 
me,  some  years  ago,  when  a  materialistic  scientist, 
who  had  heard  of  my  researches,  called  upon  me 
in  London  and  asked  me  to  make  him  acquainted 
with  my  evidence.  He  maintained,  after  consid- 
ering this  evidence,  that  even  if  all  the  facts  pre- 
sented had  to  be  accepted,  they  would  not  affect 
his  scientific  position.  "It  is  not  inconceivable," 
he  said,  "that  the  life-principle  in  man,  carrying 
with  it  certain  mental  impressions  and  even  a  kind 
of  individuality,  survives  the  body  for  a  time  and 

[  173] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

is  then  reabsorbed  in  the  universal  or  cosmic 
life."  And  I  did  not  see,  and  have  never  seen 
since,  how  this  contention  can  be  satisfactorily 
controverted. 

It  is  to  be  admitted,  moreover,  that  certain 
facts  which  psychical  research  has  brought  to 
light,  could  be  made  to  support  this  theory.  The 
spiritists  admit  that  it  is  difficult  for  them  to  get 
in  touch  with  spirits  who  have  been  many  years 
on  the  other  side.  Sir  Conan  Doyle  himself 
says:39  "Communications  usually  come  from 
those  who  have  not  long  passed  over  and  tend  to 
grow  fainter,  as  one  would  expect."  This,  of 
course,  is  interpreted  by  him  as  implying  that  the 
spirits,  in  the  course  of  time,  reach  higher  stages 
of  development  and  proportionately  lose  touch 
with  the  earth-life ;  but  it  will  be  seen  that  it  also 
admits  of  the  other  interpretation.  For  a  skep- 
tically inclined  and  cautious  mind,  therefore, 
even  an  established  communication  from  the 
spirit-world  is  not  likely  to  bring  the  certainty 
and  consolation  so  eagerly  desired. 

Immortality — an  endless  conscious  existence 
of  the  individual  soul — is  the  inevitable  postulate 
of  reason  and  reflection,  when  put  to  a  right  and 
proper  use.  With  few  exceptions  it  is  the  uni- 
versal and  instinctive  belief  of  mankind-— a  be- 

39  The  New  Revelation.   P.  72. 

[174] 


The  Evidence  of  Reason  and  Common  Sense 

lief  all  the  more  remarkable  since  it  persists  in 
spite  of  its  being  opposed  to  all  sensible  appear- 
ances. The  simplicity  and  immateriality  of  the 
human  soul  which  leave  it  unaffected  by  the 
process  of  corruption,  the  preservation  of  per- 
sonal identity  in  spite  of  incessant  bodily  change, 
the  craving  for  knowledge  and  happiness  never 
fully  attained  in  the  present  life,  the  circumstance 
that  the  universe  is  rational  and  that  there  must 
be  underlying  it  a  purpose  and  an  aim  which 
would  not  be  obtained  if  the  soul  were  annihilated 
and  if  the  wrongs  of  life  were  not  righted — virtue 
not  rewarded  and  vice  and  sin  not  punished — all 
these  are  far  more  solid  and  substantial  grounds 
for  believing  in  the  immorality  of  the  soul  than 
those  which  could  possibly  be  furnished  by  the 
fugitive  and  deceptive  phenomena  of  Spiritism. 
All  true  and  accurate  thinkers,  in  all  times,  have 
acknowledged  this,  and  it  is  for  this  reason  that 
the  spiritistic  phenomena,  observed  in  the  past, 
have  never  been  given  any  prominence  in  the 
various  scholastic  arguments  in  defense  of  the 
doctrine  of  the  immortality  of  the  soul.  It  is  evi- 
dent, therefore,  that,  in  this  respect,  the  "New 
Revelation"  does  not  provide  the  reflecting  mind 
with  any  really  additional  or  superior  evidence. 
It  can  only  satisfy  those  who  do  not  think  very 
deeply  about  the  matter  and  who  are  easily  im- 

[175] 


The,  New  Black  Magic 

pressed  by  the  appearance  of  things.  "It  may 
well  be  asked,"  writes  Dr.  John  D.  Quackenbos,40 
"if  communications  with  the  dead  be  lawful  and 
fraught  with  satisfaction,  would  God  have  con- 
cealed from  men  so  innocent  a  means  of  gratify- 
ing the  most  intense  longing  of  human  nature? 
The  answer  is — No!  .  .  .  The  proof  of  immor- 
tality is  not  to  be  sought  for  in  the  vaporings  of 
spiritism." 

2.  If  spiritistic  practices  be  resorted  to  in 
order  to  ascertain  the  conditions  and  character 
of  the  other  life,  the  inquirer  will  find  himself 
equally  disappointed.  I  have  shown  from  actual 
experiences  and  from  the  statements  of  the  spirits 
themselves  that  nothing  certain  and  reliable  can 
be  ascertained  in  this  respect.  We  look  in  vain 
for  any  kind  of  agreement  or  oneness  of  idea,  on 
any  single  point  of  teaching,  emanating  from  the 
spirit-spheres.  All  is  confusion,  and  the  incon- 
sistencies and  contradictions  with  which  we  meet 
are  sometimes  altogether  ridiculous  in  their  char- 
acter. The  communications  conveyed  through 
the  respective  mediums  would  seem  to  reflect  and 
to  express  some  latent  belief  or  subjective  impres- 
sion of  the  sensitive  himself,  rather  than  any 
objective  truth,  universally  known  and  under- 
stood in  the  world  of  spirit  and  disclosed  for  the 

40  Body  and  Spirit. 

[I76] 


The  Evidence  of  Reason  and  Common  Sense 

enlightenment  and  moral  advancement  of  man- 
kind. 

Sometimes  these  messages  are  nothing  but  the 
familiar  jargon  of  the  seance-room,  delivered 
with  a  certain  air  of  superior  knowledge  and  in- 
sight, but  wholly  inconsistent  in  character  and 
devoid  of  all  credibility.  Sir  Oliver  Lodge  sug- 
gests that  some  of  the  lengthy  communications 
of  "Feda"  (his  medium's  spirit-control)  may  have 
their  origin  in  the  medium's  dream-conscious- 
ness; but  he  overlooks  the  fact  that  they  come 
with  the  same  credentials  as  any  other  message 
from  Raymond  or  other  discarnate  spirits,  and 
that  if  they  are  unreliable  and  imaginary,  we  have 
no  reason  for  placing  confidence  in  any  spirit's 
description  of  the  other  life. 

"These  wild  utterances,"  wrote  the  critic  of  a 
similar  work  in  the  London  Times,41  "do  not  seem, 
as  a  rule,  like  revelations  of  the  secrets  of  the 
prison-house,  but  rather  like  gibberings  from  a 
lunatic-asylum,  peopled  by  inmates  of  vulgar  be- 
haviour and  of  the  lowest  morals ;  creatures  that 
lie  and  cheat,  give  false  names  and  unverifiable 
addresses."  And  even  the  spirits,  communicating 
with  each  other  in  the  spirit-spheres,  do  not  seem 
to  be  of  the  same  mind.  A  truly  comical  illus- 
tration of  this  fact  is  given  us  in  an  incident  re- 

uJuly  9,  1908. 

[177  3 


The  New  Black  Magic 

corded  in  a  recent  work  by  Dr.  Carrington.  It 
is  the  case  of  a  soldier  who  had  been  killed  by  a 
German  shell  and  who  is  taken  by  his  spirit- 
brother  to  one  of  the  "rest-halls,"  specially  pre- 
pared for  newly  arrived  pilgrims.  He  had  been 
somewhat  of  a  recluse  in  his  earth-life  and  now 
reflects  upon  the  mistakes  made  in  that  life.  He 
describes  the  conditions  and  environments  of  his 
new  life  by  means  of  automatic  writing.  But 
on  returning  to  the  rest-hall  "a  very  decided  cold 
douche"  is  awaiting  him.  He  meets  a  messenger 
from  a  higher  sphere  who  says  to  him :  "Do  you 
know  that  most  of  what  you  have  conveyed  to 
your  friends  at  the  matter-end  of  the  line  is  quite 
illusory"?  And  he  then  suggests  that  the  spirit- 
soldier  had  better  live  a  little  of  the  new  life  first 
before  he  talks  about  it  to  his  friends  on  this  side 
of  the  barrier.  Can  anything  more  grotesque 
and  absurd,  I  would  ask,  be  conceived? 

Commenting  upon  these  spirit-messages  and 
upon  the  utter  impossibility  of  picking  even  the 
smallest  grains  of  gold  out  of  such  a  mass  of 
worthless  rubbish,  Mr.  Maeterlinck  writes:42 

"Beyond  our  last  hour  is  it  all  bare  and  shape- 
less and  dim?  If  it  be  so,  let  them  (the  spirits) 
tell  us ;  and  the  evidence  of  darkness  will  at  least 
possess  a  grandeur  that  is  all  too  absent  from 

12  Life  after  Death.    Fortnightly  Review,  Sept.-Oct,  1913. 

[178] 


The  Evidence  of  Reason  and  Common  Sense 

these  cross-examining  methods.  Of  what  use  is 
it  to  die  if  all  life's  trivialities  continue?  Is  it 
really  worth  while  to  have  passed  through  the  ter- 
rifying gorges  which  open  on  the  eternal  fields 
in  order  to  remember  that  we  had  a  great-uncle 
called  Peter,  or  that  our  cousin  Paul  was  afflicted 
with  varicose  veins  and  gastric  complaint?  .  .  . 
Without  demanding  a  great  miracle  one  would 
nevertheless  think  that  we  had  a  right  to  expect 
from  a  mind  which  nothing  now  enthralls  some 
other  discourse  than  that  which  it  avoided  when 
it  was  still  subject  to  matter.  .  .  .  Why  do  they 
(the  spirits)  speak  to  us  so  seldom  of  the  future? 
And  for  what  reason,  when  they  do  venture  upon 
it,  are  they  mistaken  with  such  disheartening 
regularity?" 

And  in  his  work,  'The  Unknown  Guest,"  Mr. 
Maeterlinck  writes :  "They  (the  exponents  of  the 
spiritistic  theory)  see  the  dead  crowding  around 
us  like  wretched  puppets,  indissolubly  attached 
to  the  insignificant  scene  of  their  death  by  the 
thousand  little  threads  of  insipid  memories  and 
infantile  hobbies.  They  are  supposed  to  be  here, 
blocking  up  our  homes,  more  abjectly  human 
than  if  they  were  still  alive,  vague,  inconsistent, 
garrulous,  derelict,  futile  and  idle,  tossing  hither 
and  thither  their  desolate  shadows  which  are  be- 
ing slowly  swallowed  up  by  silence  and  oblivion, 

[179] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

busying  themselves  incessantly  with  what  no 
longer  concerns  them,  but  almost  incapable  of 
doing  us  a  real  service,  so  much  so  that,  in  short, 
they  would  end  by  persuading  us  that  death 
serves  no  purpose,  that  it  neither  purifies  nor  ex- 
alts, that  it  brings  no  deliverance  and  that  it  is 
indeed  a  thing  of  terror  and  despair." 

3.  Again  if  these  occult  practices  be  indulged 
in  in  order  to  obtain  counsel  and  guidance  in  the 
ordinary  affairs  of  human  life,  the  inquirer  will 
here,  too,  meet  with  disappointment,  and  indeed 
with  worse  than  disappointment.  I  happen  to 
have  an  exceptionally  wide  experience  in  this  re- 
spect, by  reason  of  the  many  communications 
from  disillusioned  spiritists  which  have  been 
made  to  me  in  the  course  of  the  years,  and  from 
cases  with  which  I  have  come  in  personal  con- 
tact. Not  the  slightest  reliance  can  be  placed  on 
any  advice  coming  from  this  quarter.  I  have 
seen  the  most  disastrous  consequences  resulting 
from  following  such  advice.  I  know  of  two  fami- 
lies in  London,  lifelong  and  ardent  spiritualists, 
who  were  practically  ruined  by  instructions  re- 
specting money  investments  which  were  given 
them  by  their  spirit-friends — these  friends  being 
in  daily  communication  with  them,  and  claiming 
to  have  made  every  possible  inquiry  before  ten- 
dering the  advice. 

[180] 


The  Evidence  of  Reason  and  Common  Sense 

It  is  true  I  also  know  of  one  case  in  which  the 
advice  given  resulted  in  the  gaining  of  a  very 
large  sum  of  money;  but  it  ended  in  the  person, 
thus  enriched,  ruining  his  constitution  soon  after 
by  the  excessive  use  of  alcohol  and  luxurious 
living. 

I  also  know  of  instances  in  which  the  advice 
given  to  young  and  inexperienced  girls  would 
have  ended  in  moral  disaster,  had  it  been  fol- 
lowed. It  was  their  womanly  instinct,  happily 
remaining  intact,  which  saved  them  from  that 
disaster.  But  those  of  us  who  are  acquainted 
with  these  occurrences  have  no  difficulty  in  find- 
ing the  true  explanation  of  many  a  mysterious 
and  inexplicable  happening"  in  our  day.  Most 
confessors  in  the  larger  cities  know  what  an 
amount  of  mischief  is  caused  in  the  family  life 
by  obedience  to  directions  received  from  these 
spirit-guides  and  by  visits  to  the  clairvoyants  and 
writing-mediums.  But  a  book  would  have  to  be 
written  were  one  to  collect  and  present  the  num- 
berless cases  with  which  current  literature  and 
the  records  of  the  law-courts  furnish  us.  A  sin- 
gle application  of  common-sense  should  be  more 
than  sufficient  to  destroy  the  very  foundation  of 
the  entire  edifice  of  theories  and  illogical  deduc- 
tions which  has  been  erected  upon  these  phenom- 
ena, were  it  not,  as  Mr.  G.  Chesterton  says,  "that 

[1S1] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

there  is  nothing  so  uncommon,  nowadays,  as 
common-sense." 

It  must  be  evident  that  if  it  were  really  within 
the  power  of  these  spirits  to  communicate  to  us 
information  of  real  help  and  value  in  our  social 
and  family  life,  the  spiritists  and  their  mediums 
would  be  the  first  to  benefit  by  it.  We  would  ex- 
pect to  find  their  family  life  to  be  the  best  regu- 
lated in  the  world,  their  daughters  happily  mar- 
ried and  their  sons  well  placed ;  we  would  expect 
to  find  the  mediums  prosperous  or  at  least  in  com- 
fortable circumstances.  But,  as  a  matter  of  fact, 
the  very  opposite  is  the  case.  I  will  quote  what  a 
disillusioned  spiritist,43  whose  own  life  was  a 
noted  American  trance  medium  for  many  years, 
has  to  say  on  the  subject.  In  his  work,  Spiritual- 
ism Unveiled,  he  writes : 

"The  extensive  opportunity  which  I  have  had, 
and  that,  too,  amongst  the  first-class  of  spiritual- 
ists, of  learning  its  nature  and  results,  I  think  will 
enable  me  to  lay  just  claims  to  being  a  competent 
witness  in  the  matter.  I  am  afraid  that  what 
I  have  to  say  will  offend  many  who  are  less  ac- 
quainted with  the  phenomena  than  myself  .  .  . 
but  I  write  that  the  experienced  may  more  fully 
comprehend  the  dangers  attending  it.  I  am  fre- 
quently asked  if  I  still  believe  in  the  phenomena 

43  Dr.  B.  F.  Hatch. 

[182] 


The  Evidence  of  Reason  and  Common  Sense 

of  spiritualism.  I  answer  Yes.  I  should  deem 
it  more  than  a  waste  of  time  to  write  about  what 
does  not  exist.  ...  I  have  heard  much  of  the 
improvement  in  individuals  from  a  belief  in  spir- 
itualism. With  such  I  have  had  no  acquaint- 
ance. But  I  have  known  many  whose  integrity 
of  character  and  uprightness  of  purpose  rendered 
them  worthy  examples  to  all  around,  but  who, 
on  becoming  mediums  and  giving  up  their  indi- 
viduality, also  gave  up  every  sense  of  honor  and 
decency.  A  less  degree  of  severity  in  this  re- 
mark will  apply  to  a  large  class  of  mediums  and 
believers.  There  are  thousands  of  high-minded 
and  intelligent  spiritualists  who  will  agree  with 
me  that  it  is  no  slander  in  saying  that  the  incul- 
cation of  no  doctrine  in  this  country  (America) 
has  ever  shown  such  disastrous  moral  and  social 
results  as  the  spiritual  theories.  .  .  .  With  but 
little  inquiry  I  have  been  able  to  count  up  over 
seventy  mediums,  most  of  whom  have  wholly 
abandoned  their  conjugal  relations,  others  living 
with  their  paramours  called  'affinities/  others  in 
promiscuous  adultery,  and  still  others  exchanged 
partners.  Old  men  and  women,  who  have  passed 
the  meridian  of  life,  are  not  unfrequently  the  vic- 
tims of  this  hallucination." 

"The  subject,"  says  another  writer,44  "strange 

"Hubbel:    Facts  and  Fancies  in  Spiritualism. 

[183] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

to  say,  seemed  to  have  the  power  of  introducing 
discord  in  every  family  into  which  it  entered,  of 
arraying  husband  against  wife  in  the  divorce- 
court,  and  of  producing  all  manner  of  domestic 
infelicity  and  sexual  irregularities.  This  is  a 
rather  strange  result  of  the  belief  that  we  are 
surrounded  by  the  spirits  of  our  beloved  dead 
who  see  all  we  do." 

Those  of  my  readers  who  are  familiar  with  my 
earlier  works  will  be  acquainted  with  the  abun- 
dant mass  of  evidence  on  this  subject  which  is 
available,  and  a  great  deal  of  which  is  the  result 
of  personal  experience  and  of  a  study  of  the 
published  writings  of  spiritists  and  of  scientific 
men  of  the  saner  sort.  In  its  collective  character 
it  is  overwhelming  and  should  be  sufficient  to  de- 
ter the  most  stable  and  well-balanced  of  minds 
from  touching  the  unclean  thing. 

Again  it  is  known  to  all  the  world  that  all  pub- 
lic mediums  (except  perhaps  the  few  who  have 
independent  sources  of  income)  are  poor.  They 
compete  with  one  another,  in  their  advertise- 
ments, in  commending  their  gifts  at  the  most 
moderate  charges,  business  mediums  claiming  to 
have  been  the  means  of  providing  their  clients 
with  great  wealth,  while  they  themselves  remain 
poor  and  are  compelled  to  eke  out  a  miserable  ex- 
istence by  these  precarious  means.     They  claim 

[184] 


The  Evidence  of  Reason  and  Common  Sense 

to  foretell  the  future  and  to  guard  their  devotees 
against  clearly-discerned  bodily  perils  and  sick- 
ness, but  they  cannot  prevent  so  noted  a  defender 
of  their  cause  as  the  late  Mr.  Stead  from  losing 
his  life  in  a  shipwreck,  or  to  save  numbers  of 
their  followers  and  consulters  from  unhappy  al- 
liances, from  suicide,  and  the  asylum.  Must  we 
not  conclude  that  those  who,  in  spite  of  these  ob- 
vious inconsistencies,  believe  in  these  spirits,  and 
look  to  them  for  true  guidance  and  enlighten- 
ment, have  parted  with  every  fragment  of  right 
judgment  and  common-sense? 

If  it  be  asserted  that  the  arguments  which  I 
have  adduced  tend  to  deprive  sorrowing  hearts 
of  that  consolation  and  assurance  which  spirit- 
istic phenomena  are  affording  them  at  this  time 
of  anguish  and  pain,  I  reply  that  they  are,  on  the 
contrary,  calculated  to  save  them  from  a  disillu- 
sionment which  is  infallibly  awaiting  them.  All 
my  experiences  go  to  prove  that  this  disillusion- 
ment is  bound  to  come  sooner  or  later,  and  that 
then  "their  last  state  will  be  worse  than  their 
first."  I  have  seen  too  many  instances  of  this 
kind  to  entertain  any  doubt  about  the  matter.  I 
have  the  records  of  a  case  before  me,  in  which  the 
deception  was  successfully  maintained  for  a  pe- 
riod of  five  years,  but  in  which  the  masquerading 
spirit  finally  himself  confessed  that  he  was  not 

[185] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

the  person  he  had  claimed  to  be.  Such  instances, 
in  any  case,  are  ample  proof  that  certainty  in  this 
matter  is  never  possible  for  the  sorrowing  heart. 
But  these  very  contradictions,  so  characteristic 
of  all  spirit-messages,  constitute  one  of  the  great- 
est perils  for  the  infatuated  spiritist  and  one  of 
the  greatest  triumphs  for  the  intelligences  at  the 
back  of  them.  They  result  in  a  ceaseless  consul- 
tation of  all  kinds  of  mediums,  and  in  a  running 
from  one  seance  to  another,  in  an  incessant  ques- 
tioning of  the  oracles,  in  the  vain  hope  that  better 
"conditions"  will  be  secured,  and  that  the  fla- 
grant inconsistency  will  be  explained.  This  ac- 
counts for  the  fact  that  the  number  of  public 
mediums  is  increasing  and  flourishing  to  such  an 
alarming  extent  that,  in  some  of  the  big  cities 
like  London  the  police  have  been  compelled  to 
interfere.  But,  by  this  means,  an  increasing 
number  of  minds  are  rendered  passive,  the  door 
of  communication  is  being  more  widely  opened, 
and  these  spirits  are  afforded  facilities  of 
more  effectually  invading  and  dominating  the 
life  of  the  world  and  of  mankind.  Never 
probably  in  all  the  history  of  the  world  has  a 
greater  danger  threatened  our  moral  and  social 
life! 

The  habitual  consultation  of  the  spirits  on 
questions  of  life  and  death,  finally,  is  a  source  of 

[186] 


The  Evidence  of  Reason  and  Common  Sense 

endless  mental  unrest  and  disquietude.  The  very 
circumstance  that  the  "higher"  spirits  give  con- 
flicting accounts  of  the  conditions  of  the  other 
life  and  of  man's  present  duties  and  obligations 
in  this  respect,  prevent  the  mind  from  arriving 
at  any  settled  religious  conviction.  And,  as  all 
men  know,  a  true  spiritual  life  cannot  be  built  up 
on  permanent  doubt  and  uncertainty.  We  must 
have  some  fixed  idea  as  to  our  true  relation  to 
God,  and  as  to  the  duties  which  we  owe  to  Him 
if  we  are  to  construct  our  life  aright  and  if  our 
prayers  are  to  have  any  value  and  meaning  for 
us.  It  is  surely  utterly  absurd  to  maintain,  in  the 
words  of  Doyle,45  that  so  far  as  Religion  is  con- 
cerned "the  southern  races  will  always  demand 
what  is  less  austere  than  the  North,  the  West  will 
always  be  more  critical  than  the  East,"  and  that, 
on  this  principle  of  adaptation,  a  great  stride  can 
be  made  "toward  religious  peace  and  unity." 
Truth  surely  is  truth,  and  if  it  has  been  given  at 
all,  it  is  authoritative  and  must  be  truth  for  one 
race  as  well  as  for  another.  Its  acceptance  or 
rejection,  or  its  modification,  cannot  be  made  de- 
pendent upon  peculiar  national  characteristics 
and  mental  requirements  and  tendencies.  It  can- 
not be  true  in  the  West,  and  untrue,  or  only  par- 
tially true,  in  the  East.  It  must  be  true  always 
45  "The  New  Revelation."    P.  52. 


The  New  Black  Magic 

and  everywhere  and,  indeed,  it  exists  in  order 
that  the  nations  may  conform  themselves  to  it, 
not  that  they  may  make  it  conformable  to  their 
particular  whims  and  fancies  and  their  likes  and 
dislikes. 

But  have  we  not,  in  this  lack  of  finality  and 
certainty  in  the  matter  of  all  these  new  religions, 
in  this  "ever-learning  yet  never  coming  to  a 
knowledge  of  the  truth,"  the  explanation  of  all 
the  mental  and  religious  unrest,  and  all  the  moral 
disorders  which  are  so  characteristic  of  our  age 
and  of  which  the  disastrous  consequences  con- 
front us  on  every  side?  The  "higher"  men  and 
women  of  our  day  are  like  ships  without  rudder 
and  compass,  tossed  hither  and  thither  by  the 
turbulent  waters  of  the  ocean  of  life,  lacking  all 
character  and  stability,  and  utterly  devoid  of  any 
clearly  recognized  aim  and  purpose  in  life.  Man, 
clearly,  was  made  for  God  and  for  a  supernatural 
end,  and  the  present  life  has  no  meaning  at  all 
unless  it  be  the  training  ground  on  which  he  is 
to  qualify  for  the  attainment  and  enjoyment  of 
that  end.  But  this  is  utterly  impossible,  as  all 
experience  proves,  if  he  has  no  fixed  and  perma- 
nent truth  on  which  he  can  construct  his  life,  and 
no  settled  principles  by  which  his  actions  are  to 
be  guided  and  directed.  "A  holy  man  continueth 
in  wisdom  as  the  sun;  but  the  fool  is  changed  as 

[  188] 


The  Evidence  of  Reason  and  Common  Sense 

the  moon.46  He  that  wavereth  is  like  a  wave  of 
the  sea  which  is  moved  and  carried  about  by  the 
wind  ...  a  double-minded  man  is  inconsistent 
in  all  his  ways."47 

Now  let  the  reader  compare  all  this  mental 
tight-rope  dancing,  all  this  chasing  after  new  and 
higher  truths,  all  this  vain  seeking  after  light  in 
quarters  where  it  can  never  be  found,  with  the 
clear  and  concise  teachings  of  Christ  Our  Lord 
which  admit  of  no  compromise  and  toning  down, 
which  the  best  of  men,  in  all  ages  and  nations, 
have  instinctively  recognized  to  be  the  truth,  and 
which,  unless  purposely  distorted  and  perverted, 
infallibly  introduce  order  and  harmony,  and 
peace  and  restfulness,  into  every  human  soul. 
Let  him  compare  these  mutually  contradictory 
and  conflicting  systems  of  religion  with  the  un- 
changing and  unchangeable  doctrines  of  the  His- 
toric Church,  which  are  daily  bringing  unspeak- 
able peace  and  consolation  to  millions  of  souls  in 
every  part  of  this  wide  earth,  which  sustain  and 
stay  the  soul  in  life  and  solace  it  in  death,  and  on 
which  alone  a  true  and  enduring  spiritual  life  can 
be  built  up.  Can  an  intelligent  man,  who  has 
weighed  the  matter  fully  and  carefully,  in  all  its 
bearings — can  he  hesitate  in  his  choice?    Must 

*6Eccles.:  XXVII,  12. 
*;  St.  James  I,  6-8. 

[I89] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

not  common-sense  and  reason  unite  in  declaring 
that  these  new  revelations  so-called  are  wholly 
inconsistent  with  our  instinctive  ideas  of  the  dig- 
nity, justice  and  holiness  of  God,  and  offensive 
to  our  religious  feelings  and  our  common-sense? 


[  190] 


VIII 
THE    INEVITABLE   INFERENCE 


THE   INEVITABLE   INFERENCE 

If  we  now  sum  up  the  evidence  which  has  been 
gathered  together  from  many  sources  and  from 
various  points  of  view  and  consider  it  fully  and 
fairly,  as  a  whole,  and  in  all  its  bearings,  we  are 
literally  driven  to  the  conclusion  that  the  "New 
Revelation,"  ushered  in  by  spirit-messages,  by 
the  entranced  medium,  the  tipping-table,  and  the 
automatic  pencil,  is  a  gigantic  delusion  imposed 
upon  a  world  which  has  become  estranged  from 
Christ  and  lapsed  into  paganism.  It  is  a  rever- 
sion to  practices  and  beliefs  which  are  as  old  as 
the  world,  and  which  inquiry  has  shown  to  be  a 
characteristic  of  the  pagan  civilizations.  The 
highest  probability  is  that  these  spirits,  who  come 
to  us  in  the  forms  and  with  the  voices  of  our  dead, 
are  not  really  spirits  of  the  dead  at  all,  but  are 
some  of  those  fallen  angels48  of  which  the  true 
Revelation  speaks  and  which  are  known  to  have 
come  with  similar  pretences  and  under  identical 
disguises  in  pre-Christian  times.  They  are  repre- 
sentatives of  that  hostile  spirit-world  which  has, 
from  the  beginning  of  time,  opposed  itself  to 

48  See  the   interesting   work   on  this   subject,  by   Rev.  A.   M. 
Lepicier,  O.S.M.    "The  Unseen  World." 

[193] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

man's  highest  interests  and  to  the  true  moral 
and  spiritual  progress  of  the  human  race.  Their 
activities  were  checked  and  paralyzed  when 
Christ  appeared  in  the  world,  and  wherever  His 
Divine  authority  was  acknowledged  and  obeyed 
— where  men  continued  to  live  under  the  protect- 
ing power  of  His  true  Church  and  her  Sacra- 
ments. 

The  phenomena,  attending  the  ushering  in  of 
this  "New  Revelation"  and,  in  some  respects  re- 
sembling those  recorded  in  the  New  Testament, 
are  not  identical  with  them  in  their  origin  and 
character,  but  are  really  travesties  or  caricatures 
of  them — bad  imitations,  staged,  beyond  doubt, 
with  the  intent  of  deceiving  and  misleading  the 
unwary.  The  circumstance  that  these  phenom- 
ena and  teachings  meet  with  such  ready  accept- 
ance and  belief  is  due  to  a  variety  of  very  ob- 
vious causes,  the  chief  of  which  is  the  state  of 
disorder  and  anarchy  which  reigns  in  almost 
every  sphere  of  our  modern  life,  and  which  is 
causing  the  distressed  mind  of  man  to  be  thrown 
hither  and  thither  in  its  search  after  truth,  and 
in  its  effort  to  find  some  sort  of  convenient  resting 
place  for  the  soul.  Man,  somehow,  cannot  get 
on  very  long  without  some  kind  of  religion,  and 
when  he  rebels  against  and  ultimately  rejects  the 
one  authoritatively  revealed  to  him,  he  goes  on  a 

[  194  ] 


The  Inevitable  Inference 

search  for  some  attractive-looking  substitute  and 
fashions  a  religion  for  himself  and  after  his  own 
heart. 

In  the  non-Catholic  religious  sphere,  therefore, 
the  outlook  is  a  peculiarly  distressful  and  dis- 
heartening one.  The  conflict  of  creeds,  the  in- 
cessant wrangling  over  disputed  points  of  doc- 
trine, the  bold  negative  assertions  of  rationalistic 
Bible  critics  have  undermined  belief  in  the  truth 
and  authority  of  the  Sacred  Scriptures  and  have 
estranged  thousands  from  the  religion  of  Jesus 
Christ — driven  them  into  the  arms  of  one  or 
other  of  those  many  man-made  religions  which 
have  sprung  up  like  mushrooms  all  around  us. 
With  numerous  others  the  effect  has  been  to  cre- 
ate that  state  of  crass  indifference  to  all  matters 
of  Religion  which  is  destructive  to  any  kind  of 
exalted  moral  or  spiritual  life. 

In  the  scientific  and  intellectual  sphere,  similar 
disintegrating  influences,  as  we  have  seen,  have 
been  and  are  at  work.  On  the  materialistic  side, 
the  speculative  theories  of  individual  minds, 
boldly  put  forth  as  the  sure  findings  of  science, 
have  shaken  the  very  foundations  of  revealed, 
and  indeed,  of  natural  Religion,  and  have  under- 
mined any  lingering  belief  in  the  supremacy  of 
the  human  conscience  and  in  the  responsibility 
of  the  soul  before  God.     On  the  spiritistic  side 

[195] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

there  is,  as  we  have  likewise  seen,  a  reversion  to 
pagan  practices  and  a  substitution  of  the  teaching 
of  spirits  for  the  teachings  of  the  Spirit  of  God. 

In  the  social  and  material  sphere,  forces  are  in 
operation  which  are  fatal  to  all  religious  belief 
and  practice,  and  to  the  cultivation  of  any  kind 
of  soul-life.  The  interests  and  energies  of  the 
mind  are  solely  and  exclusively  directed  to  the 
achievement  of  material  or  social  success,  to  vic- 
tory in  that  struggle  of  life  which  is  daily  be- 
coming fiercer  and  more  absorbing,  and  to  the 
securing  of  a  mode  of  life  which  tends  to  crowd 
out  all  higher  considerations  and  all  nobler  in- 
terests. 

And  even  though  it  be  abundantly  manifest 
from  the  existing  state  of  the  world  that  the 
civilization  which  has  been  built  up  upon  these 
material  forces  has  broken  down  utterly  and  is 
in  a  state  of  decadence,  there  is  as  yet  no  very 
perceptible  indication  that  the  fact  is  fully  recog- 
nized and  that  the  true  causes  are  discerned. 

It  is  in  this  world  of  conflicting  beliefs,  of  an- 
tagonistic forces,  of  ceaseless  material  effort, 
that  the  doctrines  of  spiritism  meet,  as  we  might 
have  expected,  with  ready  acceptance.  They 
adapt  themselves,  in  a  marvelous  manner,  to  the 
prevailing  tendencies  of  thought — to  the  Zeit- 
geist, and,  while  retaining  some  semblance  of  the 

[  196  ] 


The  Inevitable  Inference 

Christian  Religion,  they  make  it  possible  for  a 
man  to  gratify  all  his  desires  and  ambitions,  and 
to  eliminate  from  his  life  the  inconvenient  and 
hindering  claims  of  God  and  of  the  soul. 

They  enable  him  to  make  that  judicious  com- 
promise between  the  world  and  God  which  is  so 
dear  to  the  human  heart,  and  to  rest  content  in 
the  assurance  that,  however  perverse  and  unsat- 
isfactory his  life  may  have  been,  there  is  nothing 
much  that  can  happen  to  him  in  the  after-life, 
since  there  all  wrongs  can  be  righted  and  all  the 
crooked  things  be  made  straight. 

Now  when  we  realize  the  fact  that  the  true  His- 
toric Christ  and  the  true  Historic  Church  con- 
stitute today  the  one  loud  and  living  protest 
against  this  anarchical  state  of  things  and  against 
these  perverse  views  of  life,  we  come  to  under- 
stand why  it  is  that  the  doctrine  of  the  divinity 
of  Christ  is  so  strenuously  and  universally  denied 
by  the  spirits  of  the  seance-room  and  of  the  "New 
Revelation."  With  the  rejection  of  this  truth  the 
world,  strictly  speaking,  ceases  to  be  Christian, 
separates  itself  from  the  supernatural  order,  and 
reverts  to  a  state  of  pure  nature.  And,  in  this 
state  of  pure  nature,  there  is  provided  for  these 
spirits  a  wide  and  fruitful  field  of  operation. 

When  the  ancient  Roman  world  was  in  a  state 
of  decadence,  it  was  the  divine  impulse,  emanat- 

[i97] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

ing  from  the  Divine  Christ,  which  infused  new 
life  into  that  world  and  transformed  and  regen- 
erated it.  It  was  the  Divine  Christ  Who  laid  the 
foundations  of  a  new  order,  deep  and  strong, 
in  the  awakened  souls  and  consciences  of  men. 
It  was  from  Him — from  God  Incarnate — that  the 
new  life- forces  flowed  into  that  corrupt  and  de- 
caying world.  It  was  for  this  truth,  clearly  dis- 
cerned by  illumined  souls,  that  the  best  of  men 
suffered,  and  bled,  and  died.  It  was  by  means 
of  His  Church  and  her  valid  Sacraments  that 
Christ  continued  to  act  upon  the  world  through- 
out the  long  succeeding  ages  of  struggle  and  of 
conflict.  These  are  facts  of  history  which  no 
right-minded  man  and  no  rightly  instructed  stu- 
dent of  history  can  deny.  But  if  this  be  true,  it 
must  also  be  true  that  the  forces  which  would  re- 
move this  truth  from  the  life  of  man  must  be 
forces  antagonistic  to  God,  and  inimical  to  the 
highest  interests  of  mankind. 

Some  may  comfort  themselves  with  the  reflec- 
tion that  they  mean  to  honor  and  obey  the  Christ 
which  the  "New  Revelation"  is  substituting  for 
the  Christ  of  History — that  they  will  not  cease  to 
be  Christians.  But  they  fail  to  take  account  of 
what  this  historic  doctrine  really  means  and  what 
human  nature  has  been,  and  will  most  assuredly 
become  again,  without  it.     Man  can  never  be 

[198] 


The  Inevitable  Inference 

made  permanently  obedient  to  a  teacher  who,  in 
spite  of  his  admitted  perfections,  is  purely  hu- 
man— a  created  being  of  some  kind  like  ourselves. 
He  will,  sooner  or  later,  throw  off  his  allegiance 
to  him  and  assign  him  a  place  such  as  he  assigns 
to  all  other  great  world  teachers.  He  will  find 
his  laws  inconvenient,  and  will  ask  himself: 
What,  if  he  is  a  created  being  like  myself,  does 
he  after  all  know  more  than  I  know — why  should 
I  conform  nryself  to  his  law  ?  He  will  cease  to  be 
a  disciple  and  become  a  critic.  A.11  experience 
amply  demonstrates  this. 

The  Historic  Christ  comes  with  divine  and 
therefore  binding  authority.  His  laws  are  the 
laws  of  God.  They  cannot,  without  imperiling 
the  soul,  be  disobeyed.  He  comes  as  the  Source 
and  Author  of  a  new  and  supernatural  order,  in 
which  divine  and  supernatural  forces  are  in  op- 
eration, by  means  of  which  the  soul  is  regener- 
ated and  elevated  and  spiritualized  and  made  fit 
for  a  life  above  nature  and  union  with  God.  It 
will  be  seen  that  these  respective  views  lead  to 
mutually  conflicting  conceptions  of  the  world- 
order  and  of  Christianity,  and  that  they  cannot 
by  any  chance  be  reconciled. 

To  some  people  the  contention  that  these  mys- 
terious spirits  are  not  the  spirits  of  the  dead  but 
fallen  angels  may  at  first  sight  seem  bizarre  and 

[199] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

far-fetched;  but  I  would  draw  their  attention  to 
the  fact  that  even  thoughtful  spiritists,  regard- 
ing the  matter  from  a  purely  experimental  point 
of  view,  have  come  to  this  conclusion  and  have 
uttered  words  of  warning  to  the  public. 

"For  my  own  part,"  writes  Sir  Wm.  Barrett,  a 
former  President  of  the  Society  for  Psychical 
Research,  in  a  work  already  mentioned,  "it  seems 
not  improbable  that  the  bulk  if  not  the  whole  of 
the  physical  manifestations  witnessed  in  a  spirit- 
istic seance  are  the  product  of  human-like  but  not 
really  human  intelligences.  ...  It  seems  to  me 
that  the  Apostle  Paul,  in  the  Epistle  to  the  Ephe- 
sians,  points  to  a  race  of  spiritual  creatures — but 
of  a  malignant  type  when  he  speaks  of  beings, 
not  made  of  flesh  and  blood,  inhabiting  the  air 
around  us  and  able  injuriously  to  affect  man- 
kind." 

In  his  criticism  of  a  work  on  psychology  by  a 
foreign  savant,  Dr.  Hereward  Carrington,  of 
whom  the  late  Professor  James,  of  Harvard, 
spoke  to  me  with  keen  appreciation  and  whom  he 
regarded  as  one  of  the  best-informed  and  most 
open-minded  of  psychical  researchers,  wrote  as 
follows:  "When  I  wrote  my  book,  The  Coming 
Science,  some  years  ago,  I  contended  (pp.  59-78) 
that  there  was  really  no  good  first-hand  evidence 
that  spiritistic  practices  induced  abnormal  and 

[  200  ] 


The  Inevitable  Inference 

morbid  states  and  conditions  to  the  extent  usu- 
ally supposed.  Further  experiences  have  caused 
me  to  change  that  opinion.  I  now  believe  that 
the  danger  of  spiritistic  practices  is  very  great, 
and  I  think  that  this  aspect  of  the  problem  is  one 
that  should  be  more  widely  discussed  and  more 
attention  should  be  given  to  it  by  members  of  the 
Society  for  Psychical  Research.  The  recent  writ- 
ings of  Viollet  and  Mr.  J.  Godfrey  Raupert 
should  be  more  widely  known.  But  it  is  probable 
that  all  these  books  would  not  have  influenced 
me  had  I  not  seen  several  examples  of  such  detri- 
mental influence  myself — cases  of  delusion,  in- 
sanity and  all  the  horrors  of  obsession. 

"Those  who  deny  the  reality  of  these  facts, 
those  who  treat  the  whole  problem  as  a  joke,  re- 
gard planch ette  as  a  toy  and  deny  the  reality  of 
powers  and  influences  which  work  unseen,  should 
observe  the  effects  of  some  of  the  spiritistic  mani- 
fesations.  They  would  no  longer,  I  imagine, 
scoff  at  that  investigation  and  be  tempted  to  call 
all  mediums  frauds,  but  would  be  inclined  to  admit 
that  there  is  a  true  terror  of  the  dark,  and  that 
there  are  'principalities  and  powers'  with  which 
we,  in  our  ignorance,  toy,  without  knowing  and 
realizing  the  frightful  consequences  which  may 
result  from  this  tampering  with  the  unseen 
world." 

[  201  ] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

"There  are  more  plausible  reasons  than  many 
imagine,"  wrote  Mr.  Dale  Owen,  a  spiritist,49 
"for  the  opinion  entertained  by  some  able  men, 
Protestants  as  well  as  Catholics,  that  the  com- 
munications in  question  come  from  the  powers 
of  darkness  and  that  we  are  entering  on 
the  first  steps  of  a  career  of  demoniac  mani- 
festations the  issues  of  which  men  cannot  con- 
jecture." 

These  are  weighty  and  significant  words 
when  we  bear  in  mind  the  quarter  from 
which  they  emanate.  They  are  surely  cal- 
culated to  arrest  the  attention  of  even  those 
who  are  most  infatuated  with  the  plausible  and 
seemingly  reasonable  contentions  of  the  "New 
Revelation." 

I  cannot,  then,  in  conclusion,  and  in  full  view 
of  all  the  facts  of  the  case,  better  sum  up  the  en- 
tire argument  of  this  book  than  in  the  form  in 
which  I  have  summed  it  up  at  the  end  of  my  re- 
cently published  pamphlet:50 

The  occult  Phenomena,  evoked  and  observed 
and  studied  in  modem  times,  are  no  discoveries 
by  science  of  hidden  but  normal  powers  in  man 
which  may  be  legitimately  utilized  and  cultivated, 

"Footfalls  on  the  Boundary  of  Another  World.     P.  38. 
50  Spiritistic  Phenomena  and  their  Interpretation,  published  at 
682  Main  St.,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.    Incl.  postage,  25  cents. 

[  202  ] 


The  Inevitable  Inference 

and  by  means  of  which  the  spirits  of  the  dead  can 
be  made  to  furnish  proof  of  their  survival,  and 
by  which  they  can  impart  useful  knowledge  to  the 
world.  Their  induction  is  a  revival,  in  modem 
form,  of  that  ancient  Necromancy  and  Black 
Magic,  which  was  and  is  today  practiced  by  most 
uncivilized  or  partially  civilized  races,  and  which, 
both  the  legislators  of  the  Jewish  race  and  the 
teachings  of  Christ  and  of  the  Christian  Church, 
in  every  age,  and  in  the  most  emphatic  terms,  rig- 
idly condemned. 

It  is  a  movement  of  thought,  in  violent  and 
bitter  antagonism  to  the  Revealed,  Supernatural 
Truths  of  Christianity,  tending  to  separate  the 
human  soul  from  the  supernatural  order  and  re- 
ducing it  to  that  state  of  helplessness  and  natu- 
ralism from  which  Christ  came  to  set  it  free. 

Its  appearance,  in  our  time,  is  a  literal  and 
startling  fulfillment  of  remarkable  zvords  of 
prophecy  and  zvarning,  uttered  nearly  two  thou- 
sand years  ago. 

The  text  of  the  Decree  of  the  Holy  Office, 
dated  April  27,  1917,  runs  as  follows: 

"Question. — Whether  it  is  allowable  to  assist 
at  spiritistic  communications  or  manifestations 
whatsoever,  even  though  they  bear  the  appearance 
of  being  honest  and  pious,  through  a  medium  as 

[203] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

he  is  called,  or  without  him,  and  whether  hypno- 
tism is  used  or  not,  either  by  interrogating  souls 
or  spirits,  or  hearing  their  answers,  or  else  by 
simply  looking  on,  although  one  tacitly  or  ex- 
pressly protests  that  he  does  not  wish  to  have 
anything  to  do  with  evil  spirits.  The  answer  is 
in  the  negative  all  round." 


[  2°4  ] 


IX 


THE  TRUTH  ABOUT  THE  OUIJA- 
BOARD 


THE  TRUTH  ABOUT  THE  OUIJA- 
BOARD* 

The  recent  revival  of  spiritistic  practices  in  all 
parts  of  the  world  is  leading  increasing  numbers 
of  persons  to  try  experiments  with  the  ouija- 
board — a  simple  and  seemingly  harmless  contriv- 
ance, by  means  of  which  messages  are  often  ob- 
tained which  have  all  the  appearance  of  coming 
from  the  spirits  of  the  dead.  So  rapidly  has  this 
practice  spread  in  this  country  that  there  are 
few  families  today  who  have  not  come  in  touch 
with  these  experiments  in  one  way  or  another 
and  who  have  not  at  least  heard  of  the  startling 
communications  which,  in  many  instances,  have 
been  elicited  from  the  little  board. 

The  consequence  is  that  reflecting  persons 
everywhere  are  asking  questions  respecting  the 
matter  which  are  calling  for  an  answer,  and  those 
of  us  who,  by  reason  of  prolonged  and  painstak- 
ing investigation,  are  more  intimately  acquainted 
with  the  subject,  cannot  but  feel  that  it  is  of  the 
utmost  importance  that  the  answer  which  is  given 
to  these  questions  should  be  an  adequate  and  cor- 
rect one. 

For  practical  purposes  we  may  divide  the  ex- 

*In  order  to  make  this  essay  a  separate  and  consistent  whole, 
the  repetition  of  a  few  references  was  unavoidable. 

[207] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

perimenters  with  the  ouija-board  and  similar  con- 
trivances into  two  classes  of  persons.  Those  of 
the  first  class  look  upon  the  little  board  purely  as 
a  toy,  and  as  a  means  of  amusement  and  enter- 
tainment. While  fully  admitting  that  the  mes- 
sages obtained  under  their  hand  are  often  very 
strange  and  surprising  and  quite  contrary  to 
what  might  be  expected,  they  nevertheless  hold 
that  a  natural  explanation  can  and  will  no  doubt 
be  found  for  them.  Such  persons  have  observed 
how  often  a  message  received  is  foolish  and  silly, 
how  frequently  the  answer  given  to  a  question 
is  false  or  at  least  highly  improbable,  and  in  how 
many  instances  the  statements  made  by  the  board 
are  manifestly  mere  echoes  or  reflections  of  their 
own  thoughts,  or  the  presentation  of  incidents 
long  forgotten  but  nevertheless  stowed  away  in 
their  memories. 

To  the  second  class  belong  many  intelligent 
persons  who  have  studied  the  matter  more  closely 
and  who  have  become  entirely  convinced  that  the 
natural  explanation  does  not  cover  all  the  facts 
of  the  case,  and  that  in  many  instances  at  least 
an  external  and  independent  mind  must  be  ad- 
mitted to  be  at  work  in  connection  with  the  trans- 
mission of  the  messages.  In  confirmation  of  this 
belief  they  point  to  the  nature  and  content  of 
some  of  the  messages:    the  display  of  informa- 

[208] 


The  Truth  About  the  Ouija-Board 

tion,  often  intimate  and  accurate,  which  is  known 
to  be  only  in  the  mind  of  the  experimenter  and 
of  some  person  deceased,  a  knowledge  of  events 
and  circumstances  connected  with  persons  and 
places  at  a  distance  and  on  inquiry  found  to  be 
correct,  the  incessant  emphatic  assertion  of  the 
board  itself  that  it  is  moved  by  the  surviving 
spirit  of  some  deceased  human  being. 

Now  the  question  which  is  everywhere  being 
asked  is:  "How  are  these  conflicting  views  and 
experiences  to  be  reconciled?  What  is  really  the 
truth  about  the  matter  ?" 

In  reply  to  these  questions  it  may  be  said  at 
once  that  both  views  are  correct  in  a  sense. 

The  scientific  experiments  of  many  years,  in 
many  countries,  and  carried  on  under  strict  test 
conditions,  have  shown  conclusively  what  the 
process  is  which  is  at  work  in  the  eliciting  of  these 
mysterious  messages  and  how  their  source  and 
origin  can  be  determined. 

We  have  to  recognize  two  clearly  established 
facts : 

1.  Recent  psychological  research  has  demon- 
strated that  the  human  mind  is  a  far  more  com- 
plex and  intricate  organism  than  was  at  one  time 
supposed.  A  very  great  part  of  its  operations  is 
what  is  termed  subconscious,  lying  below  the 
threshold   of   the   ordinary   conscious   working 

[209] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

mind.  This  subconscious  part  of  the  mind  may 
be  regarded  as  a  kind  of  mental  storehouse  or 
registry,  for  in  it  are  stored  up  and  recorded, 
accurately  and  permanently,  all  the  complex  and 
many-sided  experiences  of  our  life.  There  is, 
strictly  speaking,  nothing,  from  our  childhood 
upwards,  no  impression  received,  no  word  heard 
or  uttered,  no  picture  looked  at,  no  occurrence  or 
incident,  no  feeling  or  emotion,  of  which  a  rec- 
ord is  not  preserved  in  the  secret  recesses  of  the 
subconscious  mind,  however  unable  the  normal 
working  mind  may  be  to  recall  them.  It  is  only  in 
dream  states,  or  in  abnormal  conditions  of  mind, 
such  as  hypnosis  or  trance,  that  there  occurs  what 
is  called  a  subconscious  "uprush"  and  that  we 
become  aware  of  the  complexity  of  our  mental 
nature  and  of  the  extent  of  our  possessions. 

"We  should  not  overlook  the  fact,"  writes  the 
Boston  psychologist,  Dr.  Morton  Prince,  "that 
among  mental  experiences  are  those  of  the  inner 
as  well  as  the  outer  life.  To  the  former  belong 
the  hopes  and  aspirations,  the  regrets,  the  fears, 
the  doubts,  the  self-communings  and  wrestlings 
with  self,  the  wishes,  the  loves,  the  hates,  all  that 
we  are  not  willing  to  give  to  the  outer  world  and 
all  that  we  would  forget  and  would  strive  not  to 
admit  to  ourselves.51    All  this  inner  life  belongs 

"The  Unconscious.    P.  85. 

[2IO] 


The  Truth  About  the  Ouija-Board 

to  our  experience  and  is  subject  to  the  same  laws 
of  conservation." 

2.  The  second  fact  which  we  have  to  recognize 
and  keep  in  mind  is  that  experiments  have  shown 
that  in  proportion  as  the  activities  of  the  con- 
scious working  mind  are  moderated  and  a  state 
of  passivity  is  induced,  this  subconscious  part 
of  the  mind  begins  to  act  more  freely  and,  after 
a  time,  -automatically,  and  without  the  conscious 
co-operation  of  the  experimenter,  to  yield  up  some 
of  its  contents.  And  the  normal  mind,  having  in 
its  state  of  passivity  no  power  of  selection  or  con- 
trol over  the  material  thus  projected  by  the  sub- 
conscious mind,  the  latter  acts  in  a  most  hap- 
hazard and  disorderly  manner,  in  many  instances 
projecting  things  most  amazing  and  unexpected 
and  unrecognizable  by  the  normal  mind.  Care- 
fully conducted  experiments,  however,  and  a 
rigid  scrutiny  of  the  life-history  of  the  experi- 
menter and  of  the  contents  of  the  messages  re- 
ceived have  also  shown  that,  as  this  passive  state 
of  the  mind  is  increasingly  developed  and  culti- 
vated by  frequent  experiments,  a  door  is  gradu- 
ally opened  through  which  it  is  possible  for  an 
external  intelligence  or  spirit  to  invade  the  mind 
and  to  gain  access  to  the  contents  of  this  well- 
furnished  subconscious  storehouse. 

[211] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

It  would  not  be  possible,  in  a  brief  paper  of  this 
kind,  to  give  all  the  evidence  in  support  of  this 
assertion.  I  can  but  state  here  that  all  the  best 
experimenters  have  come  to  this  conclusion  and 
that  the  fact  can  today  only  be  doubted  by  those 
who  have  no  accurate  knowledge  of  the  subject, 
whose  own  experiences  have  never  carried  them 
beyond  the  subconscious  stage,  or  who  are  pre- 
disposed against  belief  in  a  spirit-world.  The 
most  skeptical  person,  least  inclined  to  believe  in 
spirit-activity  in  connection  with  these  experi- 
ments will,  on  reflection,  be  constrained  to  admit 
that  an  external  mind  must  be  admitted  to  be  at 
work  where  an  incident  is  related  by  the  board 
which  is  taking  place  at  a  distance  and  the  truth 
of  which  is  established  on  inquiry,  or  when  a 
message  is  conveyed  in  a  language  which  the  ex- 
perimenter has  never  learnt  and  which,  on  being 
translated,  is  found  to  be  consistent  and  intel- 
ligible. And,  needless  to  say,  many  such  mes- 
sages, some  of  them  far  more  wonderful,  have 
been  received  by  means  of  automatic  writing  in 
all  parts  of  the  world. 

Now  it  is  in  the  clear  recognition  and  applica- 
tion of  these  two  facts  stated  that  the  solution  of 
the  problem  presented  by  the  ouija-board  is  to 
be  found. 

All  depends  on  the  peculiar  mental  condition  of 

[212] 


The  Truth  About  the  Ouija-Board 

the  experimenter.  At  the  beginning  of  the  ex- 
periment, and  before  the  mind  has  attained  any 
great  degree  of  passivity,  the  messages  may  be 
wholly  normal,  the  slightly  awakened  subcon- 
scious mind  becoming  active  and  automatically 
and  disconnectedly  communicating  some  of  the 
contents  of  its  storehouse  through  the  little 
board  or  pencil.  It  may  even  falsely  claim  to  be 
an  independent  personality — the  spirit  of  a  de- 
ceased friend  or  relative,  especially  if  the  experi- 
menter strongly  inclines  to  this  belief  and  uncon- 
sciously suggests  it  to  the  subconscious  mind. 
By  far  the  larger  proportion  of  the  amusing 
messages  and  answers  to  questions  with  which  we 
are  all  familiar  are  received  where  this  moderate 
degree  of  passivity  has  been  attained  and  where, 
as  a  consequence,  the  experimenter  has  no  sus- 
picion of  peril  or  of  being  on  dangerous  ground. 
The  board  may  make  a  flippant  joke,  consistent 
with  the  peculiar  temperament  of  the  experi- 
menter, it  may  cause  surprise  by  telling  the  age 
and  other  particulars,  unknown  to  the  others,  of  a 
person  present;  it  may  perform  a  variety  of  feats 
causing  the  greatest  possible  amazement.  And 
an  independent  intelligence  may,  of  course,  be 
connected  with  the  production  from  the  very  be- 
ginning. But  so  long  as  the  statements  made  con- 
tain no  matter  foreign  to  the  mind  of  the  experi- 

[213] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

menfer  and  no  answer  to  a  question  which  might 
not  have  been  projected  from  the  subconscious 
storehouse,  there  is  no  valid  reason  for  assuming 
the  presence  of  an  outside  intelligence. 

In  proportion,  however,  as  these  experiments 
are  continued  and  as  the  mind  becomes  more  pas- 
sive and  lethargic,  the  phenomenon  begins  to 
change  its  character  and  imperceptibly  to  pass 
from  the  natural  into  the  preternatural.  While 
subconscious  automatic  activity  still  continues, 
a  message  is  jerked  in  here  and  there  which  is  of 
a  startling  character  and  which  is  often  seen  at 
once  to  be  no  part  of  the  experimenter's  own 
mental  outfit.  Events  taking  place  at  a  distance 
are  accurately  reported  and  commented  upon. 
Disclosures  are  made  respecting  the  character 
and  doings  and  intimate  personal  affairs  of  per- 
sons not  known  to  the  experimenter.  Messages 
are  given,  clearly  and  conclusively  indicating 
knowledge  and  information  wholly  beyond  the 
reach  of  the  writer's  own  mind.  And  they  are 
conveyed  in  a  form  and  manner  suggesting  the 
presence  of  a  critical  and  observant  mind  and  of 
a  judgment  quite  at  variance  with  that  of  the 
experimenter. 

When,  in  view  of  such  astonishing  communica- 
tions, further  questions  are  asked,  the  answer  is 
generally  to  the  effect  that  the  spirit  of  some  de- 

[214] 


The  Truth  About  the  Ouija-Board 

ceased  friend  or  relative  of  the  experimenter  is 
present,  that  he  has  discovered  this  simple  means 
of  communication  and  that  he  is  anxious  to  cul- 
tivate the  intercourse  thus  established  for  the 
benefit  of  the  experimenter  and  the  human  race 
at  large.  For  is  it  not  a  blessing  of  the  highest 
order,  it  is  urged,  to  obtain  evidence  that  the  dear 
departed  dead  are  certainly  alive  and  are  all 
around  us,  and  is  it  not  perfectly  lawful  for  us 
to  receive  from  them  advice  and  direction,  not 
only  as  regards  some  of  the  greater  problems  of 
life,  but  also  respecting  our  more  immediate  tem- 
poral concerns  and  anxieties?  After  a  while 
instruction  is  generally  given  how  a  greater  de- 
gree of  passivity  can  be  attained  and  how  this 
mode  of  intercourse  between  the  worlds  seen 
and  unseen  can  be  made  much  more  perfect  and 
profitable. 

The  experimenter,  fascinated  by  these  com- 
munications, and  convinced  that  he  has  come 
upon  a  great  and  valuable  discover}'-,  readily 
adopts  the  advice  given  and  resorts  to  the  ouija- 
board  habitually  and  systematically.  Any  doubt 
expressed  by  others  as  to  the  true  source  of  the 
messages  or  the  character  and  integrity  of  the 
spirits  operating,  is  brushed  aside  with  a  smile 
of  contempt,  seeing  that  the  messages  breathe 
nothing  but  kindness  and  benevolence  and  that 

[215] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

harm  cannot  be  expected  to  be  worked  by  a  de- 
ceased mother  or  sister  or  friend. 

It  is  admitted,  then,  that  while  much  ouija  or 
planchette  writing  is  automatic  and  natural,  in- 
tercourse with  spirits  is  and  can  nevertheless  be 
established  by  these  means.  Difficult  as  this  con- 
clusion may  appear  to  some  minds,  it  is  never- 
theless certain  that,  in  view  of  the  abundant  evi- 
dence, any  other  explanation  would  present 
greater  and  indeed  insuperable  difficulties.  The 
further  and  all  important  question,  therefore, 
which  presents  itself  is :  Is  the  claim  justified  and 
tenable  that  the  spirits  thus  communicating  are 
in  reality  the  spirits  of  the  dead?  May  we  ac- 
cept and  credit  the  testimony  which  they  give  re- 
specting themselves  ? 

My  reply  to  this  question  is  that  all  the  facts, 
so  far  ascertained,  not  only  go  to  disprove  this 
claim,  but  that  there  are  in  this  belief  and  in  these 
practices  grave  dangers,  mental,  moral  and  phys- 
ical, for  the  experimenter. 

In  support  of  this  statement  I  would  urge  upon 
the  reader  the  following  consideration : 

Long-continued  and  carefully  conducted  ex- 
periments have  shown  that : 

1.  It  has  never  been  found  possible  to  conclu- 
sively identify  the  particular  spirit  communicat- 
ing. 

[216] 


Ti.e  Truth  About  the  Ouija-Board 

The  inexperienced  experimenter  will,  of  course, 
jump  to  the  conclusion  that  a  deceased  mother 
or  sister  is  present  because  the  spirit  making  the 
claim  is  in  possession  of  knowledge  of  an  inti- 
mate character,  can  speak  consistently  and  famil- 
iarly of  the  deceased  mother's  past  earth-life,  can 
mention  little  peculiar  incidents  or  traits  of  char- 
acter and  of  temperament  not  known  outside  the 
family  circle.  But  all  such  display  of  intimate 
knowledge  cannot  be  regarded  as  evidence  of 
identity  today.  The  very  circumstance  that  such 
facts  are  recognized  by  the  person  to  whom  they 
are  presented  proves  that  they  are  contained  in 
that  person's  memory  and  that  they  are  therefore 
accessible  to  and  at  the  service  of  a  spirit  invad- 
ing the  passive  mind.  And  the  same  applies  to 
handwriting,  to  peculiarities  of  expression,  to 
anything  and  everything  that  the  experimenter 
recognizes  as  characteristic  of  the  person  who 
claims  to  be  present.  Experiments  have  shown 
that  even  a  hypnotized  person  can  accurately 
imitate  any  handwriting  with  which  he  may  have 
become  acquainted  during  his  life,  even  though 
he  may  be  unable  to  accomplish  this  in  a  normal 
state.  And,  in  automatic  writing,  the  process  is 
identical  except  that  the  operator  is  not  the  sub- 
conscious mind  but  a  spirit.  Instances  are  often 
recorded  in  which  some  deceased  person,  quite 

[217] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

unknown  to  the  experimenter,  announces  nis  pres- 
ence and  for  the  purpose  of  identification,  gives 
the  name  he  bore  in  his  supposed  past  earth-life, 
the  mode  and  place  of  his  death,  and  other  similar 
and  striking  particulars.  And  it  is  often  found 
that  such  a  statement  is  correct  even  in  detail. 
But  this,  too,  is  no  evidence  at  all  of  identity,  since 
we  read  in  the  newspapers  of  strangers  dying  in 
certain  places  and  under  certain  conditions  every 
day,  and  even  though  our  interest  be  of  the  most 
superficial  and  passing  character,  the  subcon- 
scious mind  registers  the  fact.  And  the  records 
of  spiritism  testify  that  it  is  an  easy  thing  for 
these  mysterious  spirits  to  extract  such  infor- 
mation from  the  subconscious  mind  and  thus  to 
dramatize  and  impersonate  such  deceased  per- 
sonalities. There  is  abundant  proof,  too,  to  show 
that  they  can,  under  given  conditions,  extract  in- 
formation from  distant  minds,  with  whom  the  ex- 
perimenter is  in  some  kind  of  rapport,  and  from 
books  and  letters  and  other  extant  sources  of  in- 
formation. But  that  these  spirits  are  not  the 
individuals  they  claim  to  be  is  evident  from  the 
fact  that,  in  the  manipulation  of  the  information 
thus  gathered,  they  are  apt  to  make  the  most  dis- 
astrous mistakes,  fitting  into  the  life-history  of  a 
wife  what  belongs  to  that  of  a  mother,  exhibiting 
ignorance  of  matters  which  the  deceased  person 

[218] 


The  Truth  About  the  Ouija-Board 

would  above  all  other  things  have  cause  to  re- 
member, and  involving  themselves,  upon  being 
questioned,  in  the  most  hopeless  contradictions. 

We  have  cases  on  record  in  which  they  have 
boastfully  admitted  their  trickery  when  found 
out,  and  in  which  they  have  declared  that  they 
have  by  means  of  this  "mind  tapping"  of  foolish 
persons  been  able  almost  to  work  miracles. 

Some  years  ago  I  had  myself  a  striking  expe- 
rience of  this  kind,  the  spirit  for  many  months 
claiming  to  be  a  deceased  friend  of  mine  and  fur- 
nishing many  remarkable  proofs  of  his  identity. 
Upon  being  discovered  in  a  manifest  contradic- 
tion and  falsehood,  however,  and  charged  in  the 
name  of  God  to  reveal  the  true  source  of  his  in- 
formation, he  declared  that  he  had  got  it  all  out 
of  our  own  silly  "thought-boxes,"  it  being  pos- 
sible for  him  to  read  the  contents  of  the  passive 
mind  with  the  same  ease  with  which  we  read  a 
book  or  a  newspaper. 

It  will  be  seen  that,  with  such  facts  before  us 
and  with  such  possibilities  on  the  part  of  the 
spirits,  one  could  not  under  the  most  favorable 
circumstances  be  sure  that  the  spirit  communicat- 
ing is  what  it  claims  to  be.  Many  high  authori- 
ties, confirming  the  accuracy  of  this  statement, 
might  be  quoted.  I  will  here,  for  brevity's  sake, 
content  myself  with  only  one,  the  French  astron- 

[219] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

omer,  Professor  Flammarion,  who  has  been  a 
painstaking  student  of  the  phenomena  for  many 
years.  He  writes52 :  "As  to  beings  different  from 
ourselves — what  may  their  nature  be?  Of  this 
we  cannot  have  any  idea:  Souls  of  the  dead? 
This  is  far  from  being  demonstrated.  The  innu- 
merable observations  which  I  have  collected,  dur- 
ing more  than  forty  years,  all  prove  to  me  the 
contrary.  No  satisfactory  identification  has  been 
made." 

That  the  spirits  of  the  ouija-board  are  not  our 
departed  relatives  and  friends,  is,  secondly,  evi- 
dent from  that  fact  that 

2.  Their  messages  are  for  the  most  part  frivo- 
lous and  contradictory  and  intellectually  worth- 
less. 

There  is  in  the  minds  of  all  men  a  natural  and 
instinctive  awe  of  anything  relating  to  the  after- 
life of  the  departed.  Whatever  our  religious 
views  may  be,  we  know  that  their  trial  time  is 
past,  that,  with  the  loss  of  the  body,  they  have  en- 
tered upon  a  state  of  life  in  which  the  little  trivi- 
alities of  the  earth-life  cannot  count  any  longer, 
but  in  which  they  are  inevitably  reaping  the  fruit 
of  their  moral  and  spiritual  achievements  or  neg- 
lects. In  view  of  this  fact  one  is  amazed  to  find 
that  these  spirits,  claiming  to  be  our  surviving 

82  Mysterious  Psychic  Forces.    P.  436. 
[220  ] 


The  Truth  About  the  Ouija-Board 

friends,  either  tell  us  nothing-  at  all  of  any  value 
respecting  the  after-life,  or  involve  themselves, 
when  they  attempt  to  do  so,  in  the  most  hopeless 
contraditions,  one  spirit  denying  what  the  other 
emphatically  asserts.  We  find  them  concerning 
themselves  chiefly  with  the  most  silly  and  fool- 
ish affairs  of  the  present  life,  telling  us  that  John 
is  probably  suffering  from  kidney  trouble,  that 
Mary  has  lost  her  old  brooch  and  that  aunt 
Emma's  husband  is  not  very  kind  to  her,  and 
similar  childish  twaddle  in  which  the  deceased 
was  never  known  to  indulge  while  in  the  body. 

In  many  instances  they  presume  to  give  advice 
on  the  conduct  of  the  affairs  of  our  public  or 
family  life,  sometimes  displaying  an  amount  of 
accurate  and  intimate  knowledge  which  is  aston- 
ishing, and  there  are  instances  on  record  in  which 
such  advice  has  been  found  to  be  good  and  accept- 
able in  the  initial  stages  of  the  experiment.  But, 
in  the  course  of  time,  and  when  confidence  and 
obedience  have  been  secured,  such  counsel  is  apt 
to  change  its  character,  causing,  if  adopted,  ter- 
rible disorder  in  the  home  and  family  life.  In 
many  instances  it  is  given  by  hint  and  suggestion 
rather  than  by  definite  and  explicit  statement,  the 
spirit  thus  cautiously  providing  for  himself  a 
way  of  escape  from  possible  entanglements.  I 
have  the  report  of  numerous  cases  in  which  the 

[221] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

directions  drawn  from  the  contemptible  little 
board  have  separated  husband  from  wife,  a 
mother  from  her  children,  friends  from  friends, 
causing  an  endless  amount  of  misery  and  suffer- 
ing. It  is,  alas!  in  most  instances  only  when  it 
is  too  late,  when  the  mischief  is  done,  that  the 
real  mischief-maker  is  discovered  and  the  truth 
is  recognized.  It  is  a  most  difficult  and  some- 
times quite  a  hopeless  task  to  reason  with  a  mind 
which  has  passed  under  spirit-control  and  which, 
by  reason  of  that  control,  has  lost  the  power  of 
judging  fairly  and  squarely. 

And  it  need  hardly  be  pointed  out  that  the  mes- 
sages bearing  on  matters  of  religion  are  equally 
worthless  and  unreliable.  For  the  most  part  they 
are  clothed  in  stately  language,  implying  the  pres- 
ence of  a  superior  and  exalted  mind,  but  their 
contents  are  either  empty  platitudes  or  adapta- 
tions to  the  thoughts  and  leanings  which  the 
spirit  perceives  to  predominate  in  the  mind  on 
which  it  is  operating.  They  are  manifestly  never 
true  presentations  of  the  real  state  of  things  as 
it  is  on  the  other  side  of  life. 

A  spirit,  striving  to  gain  the  confidence  of  his 
victim,  will  be  Catholic  with  a  Catholic,  Unitar- 
ian with  a  Unitarian,  even  a  Nihilist  and  Anar- 
chist where  such  leanings  are  seen  to  prevail.  It 
will  defend  and  declare  the  reasonableness  of  any 

[  222  ] 


The  Truth  About  the  Ouija-Board 

absurd  fad  or  belief  that  may  be  characteristic 
of  the  inquirer. 

When  trust  and  confidence  have  been  secured 
the  spirit  will  slowly  begin  to  undermine  any  true 
Christian  foundation  that  may  exist,  deny  the 
divinity  of  Christ,  the  authority  of  conscience, 
the  responsibility  of  human  life,  and  the  reality 
of  a  judgment  to  come.  It  will  feed  the  mind 
on  empty  platitudes,  very  acceptable  to  the  nat- 
ural man,  but  ultimately  contradictory  of  the  very 
fundamental  truths  of  the  Christian  Religion. 

The  very  circumstance,  known  to  all  the 
world,  that  those  who  embrace  Spiritism  always 
cease  to  profess  Historic  Christianity,  in  any 
form,  is  in  itself  ample  proof  in  support  of  this 
statement. 

"The  cultivation  of  these  entities  to  religion," 
writes  a  thoughtful  student  of  the  subject,53  "in- 
cludes the  practical  abolition  of  the  Ten  Com- 
mandments, the  introduction  of  revolting  here- 
sies into  Christianity,  and  the  propagation  of 
heathenism  and  atheism.  All  that  we  know  of 
disembodied  intelligences  is  that  they  are  intel- 
lectually contemptible  and  that  their  influence 
makes  for  the  destruction  of  religion  and  moral- 
ity." 

But  perhaps  the  most  conclusive  proof  that 

M  Occultism  in  Psychical  Research. 
[223] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

these  spirits,  communicating  by  automatic  writ- 
ing, are  evil  and  not  what  they  claim  to  be  is, 
thirdly,  to  be  found  in 

3.  The  effect,  physical,  moral  and  mental, 
which  these  practices  are  known  to  have  upon  the 
experimenter.  It  would  be  necessary  for  one  to 
write  a  book  were  one  to  attempt  to  present  the 
conclusive  and  abundant  evidence  which  is  avail- 
able on  this  point.  Striking  testimony  has  been 
given  in  recent  years  by  many  scientific  students 
of  the  subject  of  the  saner  sort,  and  this  testi- 
mony is  confirmed  by  the  statements  of  numbers 
of  disillusioned  spiritists.  I  can  here  but  briefly 
state  the  facts,  but  what  I  am  stating  is  based 
upon  the  observations  and  personal  experiences 
of  many  years  and  upon  communications,  often 
of  a  private  and  delicate  character,  which  have 
reached  me  in  the  course  of  these  years.  Many 
of  these  reports  are  painful  in  the  extreme. 

The  facts  briefly  stated  are  these: 

Persons  habitually  and  systematically  using 
the  ouija  or  planchette  board,  or  similar  auto- 
matic devices  for  obtaining  spirit  messages,  ex- 
perience, after  a  time,  a  peculiar  condition  of  las- 
situde and  exhaustion — in  many  instances  accom- 
panied by  severe  pain  at  the  top  of  the  spine  and 
gradually  spreading  over  the  entire  brain.  This 
state  of  prostration  is  due  to  the  now  well-estab- 

[224] 


i 


The  Truth  About  the  Ouija-Board 

lished  fact  that,  in  order  to  obtain  the  movements 
of  the  board,  vital  or  nerve-energy  is  withdrawn 
from  the  organism  of  the  experimenter,  often  out 
of  all  proportion  to  the  physical  health  and  con- 
stitution. 

In  professional  mediums  who  practice  their 
power  incessantly  and  for  pecuniary  gain,  this 
prostration  is  apt  to  be  so  great  that  they  be- 
come complete  nervous  wrecks  after  a  time.  It 
was  the  recognition  of  this  fact  which  caused  the 
well-known  physicist,  Sir  Wm.  Barrett,  to  write : 
"I  have  observed  the  steady  downward  course  of 
all  mediums  who  sit  regularly."  The  inexpe- 
rienced experimenter  scarcely  ever  attributes  this 
condition  to  the  true  cause,  and  it  is  difficult  to 
convince  him  that  a  practice,  seemingly  so  simple 
and  harmless,  could  be  attended  by  such  direful 
effects.  But  if,  in  spite  of  these  warnings,  the 
experiments  are  continued,  other  symptoms  ap- 
pear which  do  not  leave  any  doubt  about  the  mat- 
ter. The  general  health  begins  to  fail,  there 
manifests  itself  a  kind  of  apathy  and  weariness 
of  life,  which  quite  unfits  the  person  for  the  ordi- 
nary duties  of  life  and  deprives  him  of  all  interest 
in  them,  and  which  is  only  relieved  by  resort  to 
the  board.  Communication  with  the  "friends" 
of  the  unseen  world  now  becomes  the  one  exciting 
and    all-absorbing    interest   and   occupation   to 

[225] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

which  all  other  duties  and  interests  are  subor- 
dinated. 

And  in  proportion  as  physical  vigor,  and  there- 
fore the  power  of  resistance  and  of  will,  decline, 
and  passivity  and  apathy  increase,  the  spirit  gains 
closer  access  to  the  mind,  directs  and  influences 
its  operations,  and,  in  the  course  of  time,  gets 
complete  control  of  it.  When  this  control  has 
been  effected  and  the  power  of  resistance  has 
been  quite  broken  down,  the  mind  becomes  more 
and  more  susceptible  to  suggestion  and  less  and 
less  able  to  exercise  with  regard  to  it  discrimi- 
nating and  controlling  power.  The  messages  then 
come  with  great  regularity  and  conciseness,  im- 
mediately the  experimenter  touches  the  board; 
but  their  moral  tone  is  seen  to  have  undergone  a 
very  great  change.  From  the  normal  and  healthy 
mind's  point  of  view  they  are  distinctly  immoral 
and  mischievous  in  their  aim  and  character. 
They  may  refer  to  a  husband  or  wife  whose  loy- 
alty is  questioned,  or  they  may  throw  suspicion 
upon  the  motives  prompting  the  actions  of 
friends  or  relatives,  especially  if  they  happen  to 
object  to  these  experiments.  Or,  in  the  case  of 
young  people,  the  message  may  hint  that  the  es- 
tablished laws  of  morality  are,  after  all,  only  con- 
ventional laws,  framed  by  man,  and  that  it  is  not 
necessary  to  be  so  strict — that  certain  instincts, 

[226] 


The  Truth  About  the  Ouija-Board 

imparted  to  human  nature,  were  imparted  by  God 
and  may  be  lawfully  obeyed,  and  that  a  time  has 
come  when  men  must  not  allow  themselves  to 
be  enslaved  by  these  old-time  fetters  any  longer. 
The  Christian  law  is  ridiculed  and  Christian  cus- 
toms and  practices  are  declared  to  be  old-fash- 
ioned and  out  of  date. 

And  these  suggestions  are  made  in  the  most 
subtle  manner,  in  exalted  language,  appealing  to 
the  youthful  imagination  and  to  dangerous  ten- 
dencies latent  in  all  men,  and  when  it  is  borne 
in  mind  that  the  invisible  counsellor  who  makes 
these  suggestions  is  believed  to  be  a  kindly  father 
or  mother,  who  could  only  desire  the  well-being 
of  her  child  and  that  the  experimenter's  power 
of  discrimination  is  lost,  one  can  imagine  how 
far  this  kind  of  mischief  can  be  carried. 

As  the  "psychic  development"  advances  the 
entire  mental  and  moral  nature  of  the  experi- 
menter becomes  disordered  and  he  discovers  to 
his  cost  that,  while  it  was  an  easy  thing  for  him 
to  open  the  mental  door  by  which  the  mind  could 
be  invaded,  it  is  a  difficult,  if  not  an  impossible 
thing,  to  shut  that  door  and  to  expel  the  invader. 
For  the  impulse  to  communicate  or  to  write  now 
asserts  itself  imperatively  and  incessantly,  at  all 
hours  of  the  day  and  in  the  midst  of  every  kind 
of  occupation  and,  in  the  end,  even  at  night, 

[227] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

either  suddenly  awakening  the  victim  or  prevent- 
ing him  from  securing  any  refreshing  sleep.  A 
pitiable  condition  of  mental  and  moral  collapse, 
often  terminating  in  suicide  or  insanity,  is  fre- 
quently the  ultimate  result. 

Some  years  ago  I  came  in  personal  contact 
with  a  lady  who  had  developed  the  power  of  au- 
tomatic writing  and  who  retired  to  bed  every 
night  with  sheets  of  paper  and  a  pencil  by  her 
bedside.  The  impulse  to  seize  the  pencil  would 
assert  itself  suddenly  and  imperatively,  and  she 
could  secure  only  an  occasional  hour  of  sleep  by 
devoting  many  preceding  hours  to  the  writing. 
The  lady  was  a  physical  and  mental  wreck. 

Of  the  many  cases  of  which  I  have  record  I 
especially  remember  that  of  a  young  man  in  an 
office  in  London  who  had  fallen  a  helpless  victim 
to  these  experiments.  While  making  an  entry  in 
a  ledger  his  hand  would  suddenly  be  jerked  up 
and  down  and  the  pen  would  then  write  down 
wholly  extraneous  matter,  often  of  a  most  offen- 
sive character.  He  found  it  impossible  to  hold 
his  appointment. 

The  editor  of  one  of  our  weekly  publications 
quite  recently  sent  me  the  names  and  addresses 
of  three  persons  in  one  locality  who  had  to  be 
confined  to  the  asylum  in  consequence  of  these 
practices,  and   respecting  whom  the  attending 

[228] 


The  Truth  About  the  Ouija-Board 

physician  stated  that  "the  use  of  the  ouija-board 
had  brought  about  a  state  of  dementia." 

But  lest  anyone  should  imagine  that  I  am  mak- 
ing my  case  too  strong  and  that  I  am  overstating 
the  seriousness  of  the  matter,  I  will  quote  what  an 
American  scientific  student  of  the  subject  has  to 
say  about  it.  Dr.  Hereward  Carrington  sums  up 
his  warnings  against  the  practice  of  automatic 
writing  in  the  following  words:54 

"I  doubt  not  that  hundreds  of  persons  become 
insane  every  year  by  means  of  these  experiments 
with  the  planchette  board,55  as  the  present  sub- 
ject would  have  done  had  she  not  stopped  her 
experimenting  in  time.  .  .  . 

"The  way  the  board  swore  on  occasions  was 
extraordinary,  and  on  several  occasions  it  called 
Mrs.  C.  and  others  names  which  they  had  never 
heard  till  they  saw  them  spelled  out  on  paper,  and 
are  of  such  a  nature  that  I  cannot  give  them 
here." 

Or,  as  Dr.  Carrington  says  in  his  introduction 
to  the  work  of  a  foreign  savant  : 

"Those  who  deny  the  reality  of  these  facts, 
who  treat  the  whole  problem  as  a  'joke,'  regard 
planchette  as  a  toy,  and  deny  the  reality  of  powers 
and  influences  which  work  unseen,  should  ob- 

MThe  Problems  of  Psychical  Research. 
MA  Modification  of  Ouija. 

[229] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

serve  the  effects  of  some  of  the  spiritistic  mani- 
festations. They  would  no  longer,  I  imagine, 
scoff  at  these  investigations  and  be  tempted  to 
call  all  mediums  merely  frauds,  but  would  be  in- 
clined to  admit  that  there  is  a  true  'terror  of  the 
dark'  and  that  there  are  'principalities  and 
powers'  with  which  we,  in  our  ignorance,  toy, 
without  knowing  and  realizing  the  frightful  con- 
sequences which  may  result  upon  this  tampering 
with  the  unseen  world." 

Some  people,  and  amongst  them  scientific  men 
of  standing,  are  apt  to  defend  these  practices  and 
to  encourage  them  because,  in  their  opinion,  they 
furnish  tangible  evidence  that  our  departed 
friends  and  relatives  have  survived  the  death  of 
the  body  and  that  their  individuality  has  suffered 
no  change.  They  claim,  to  put  it  briefly,  that  the 
age-long  problem  perplexing  mankind  is  solved 
by  the  ouija-board. 

At  first  sight  this  contention  seems  reasonable 
and  many  cannot  see  how  it  is  to  be  controverted. 
But  fuller  reflection  must  disclose  the  fallacy 
that  underlies  it.  For  centuries  distracted  hu- 
man nature  has  stood  by  the  open  grave  and,  dis- 
satisfied with  the  answers  furnished  by  the  Chris- 
tion  Religion  and  by  the  soul's  emphatic  testi- 
mony, has  besought  God  with  tears  to  give  proof 
that  the  person  departed  is  not  really  dead.    Mil- 

[230] 


The  Truth  About  the  Ouija-Board 

lions  of  distracted  minds  are  asking  for  such 
proof  today  and,  indeed,  this  is  one  of  the  causes 
which  are  so  effectually  promoting  the  revival  of 
Spiritism  at  the  present  time. 

But  only  very  rarely,  under  exceptional  and 
peculiar  conditions,  and  without  any  initiative 
on  the  human  side,  has  such  proof  been  given. 

Are  we  then  seriously  to  credit  the  claim  that, 
while  God,  in  His  wisdom,  denies  the  evidence 
craved  for  in  earnest  prayer  to  the  mass  of  man- 
kind and  to  the  very  best  of  them,  He  furnishes 
that  evidence  through  the  ouija-board,to  the  most- 
frivolous  inquirers,  and  by  means  unquestionably 
perilous  to  the  mental  and  moral  health  of  those 
through  whom  it  is  furnished? 

Can  anything  more  improbable  be  conceived? 
If  this  were  really  so  would  we  not  have  to  part 
with  our  instinctive  feelings  of  reverence  for 
God,  and  our  sense  of  His  holiness  and  justice, 
and  would  we  not  have  to  admit,  in  view  of  the 
facts  which  I  have  presented,  that  such  a  method 
of  disclosing  so  significant  a  truth  to  us,  is  of- 
fensive to  our  reason  and  common-sense?  It  is 
surely  only  a  science  which  has  entered  on 
crooked  paths  and  which  has  lost  all  sense  of  the 
true  proportion  of  things  that  can  make  such  a 
claim  and  that  can  induce  inexperienced  persons 
to  venture  on  these  perilous  quicksands. 

[231  ] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

Very  justly  remarks  the  American  psycholo- 
gist, Dr.  Quackenbos  :56 

"It  may  well  be  asked,  if  communication  with 
the  dead  be  lawful  and  fraught  with  satisfaction, 
would  God  have  concealed  from  us  so  innocent  a 
means  of  gratifying  the  most  intense  longings  of 
human  nature  ?  The  answer  of  the  Centuries  is : 
No!  The  proof  of  immortality  is  not  to  be 
sought  for  in  the  vaporings  of  Spiritism." 

In  view,  then,  of  the  undeniable  and  now  very 
widely  admitted  facts  stated  here  in  mere  out- 
line, one  cannot  warn  the  public  too  earnestly 
against  these  practices — seemingly  so  simple  and 
harmless  and  yet  attended,  in  so  many  instances, 
by  such  fatal  consequences.  They  have  about 
them  a  peculiar  and  almost  irresistible  fascina- 
tion for  a  certain  order  of  mind,  and  that  fasci- 
nation becomes  intensified  by  the  very  elusiveness 
of  the  phenomena  and  the  lack  of  definiteness  and 
finality  which  characterizes  the  communications. 
The  mind  is  kept  in  a  chronic  state  of  expectancy, 
incessantly  craving  for  further  disclosures.  It  is, 
therefore,  the  first  step  that  counts,  and  parents 
and  educators  should  see  to  it  that  that  first  step  is 
never  taken.  Where  the  practice  has  been  care- 
lessly indulged  in,  it  should  be  rigidly  discontinued 
before  any  appreciable  degree  of  development  is 

"Body  and  Spirit. 

[232] 


The  Truth  About  the  Ouija-Board 

reached.  For  more  reasons  than  one  the  board 
should  not  be  tolerated  in  any  Christian  house- 
hold or  placed  within  the  reach  of  the  young. 
And  we  should  also  guard  them  against  coming- 
in  contact  with  a  form  of  modern  literature  call- 
ing itself  scientific  in  which  these  practices  are 
encouraged  by  men  whose  one  aim  is  to  obtain 
evidence  of  human  survival,  but  who  have  no 
regard  for  the  moral  and  physical  well-being  of 
those  to  whom  they  appeal.  It  should  be  pointed 
out  that  all  truly  scientific  and  informed  men, 
such  as  Dr.  Mercier  in  London,  Dr.  Viollet  in 
France,  and  the  late  Dr.  Lapponi  in  Italy,  have 
branded  these  practices  as  dangerous  to  mental 
and  moral  health,  and  have  seriously  warned 
against  all  such  tampering  with  the  unseen  world. 
They  assure  us,  on  the  ground  of  personal  ex- 
perience, that  the  number  of  the  victims  of  these 
cults  is  increasing  day  by  day. 

The  practice  itself  is  no  discovery  of  modern 
science — nothing  new  in  the  world  of  phenomena, 
as  some  would  have  us  believe;  on  the  contrary, 
it  is  as  old  as  man.  In  China  the  little  board  has 
been  known  for  centuries  and  is  admitted  to  be  a 
means  of  spirit-intercourse.  In  one  form  or  an- 
other these  practices  were  indulged  in  by  the 
pagan  races  and  may  indeed  be  considered  to  be 
characteristic  of  the  pagan  civilizations.     They 

[233] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

were  condemned  and  forbidden  by  the  laws  of 
Moses  because  they  were  known  to  undermine 
and  destroy  the  true  spiritual  life  of  the  people. 
Tliey  fell  into  disuse  in  proportion  as  the  light 
of  Christianity  spread  through  the  world.  Their 
revival,  in  our  time,  is  not  a  step  forward  but  a 
step  backward ;  it  is  a  return  to  distinctly  heathen 
and  anti-Christian  beliefs  and  practices  and  addi- 
tional evidence  of  the  fact  that  the  world  is  once 
more  relapsing  into  paganism. 


[234] 


SUPPLEMENTARY  NOTE 

The  manuscript  of  this  work  was  completed  and  was 
in  the  hands  of  the  publishers  when  Prof.  W.  J.  Craw- 
ford's second  book  on  the  "Phenomena  of  Spiritism" 
appeared.  I  could  not,  therefore,  consider  it  in  its 
bearing  upon  the  standpoint  taken  up  in  my  work. 
But  I  regard  the  book  as  of  high  scientific  value,  present- 
ing as  it  does  the  conclusions  of  a  careful  and  painstak- 
ing investigator  who  has  guarded  against  every  pos- 
sibility of  error  and  deception  and  who  has  the  cour- 
age of  his  opinions. 

Prof.  Crawford's  book  certainly  demolishes  once  for 
all  the  notion  still  entertained  by  a  few  inaccurately 
informed  {students  of  the  subject  that  some  of  the 
earlier  scientific  experimentators  may  have  been  tricked, 
or  that  the  operation  of  some  at  present  little-known 
mental  faculty  may  explain  the  phenomena.  In  view 
of  the  evidence  presented  by  Prof.  Crawford,  confirmed 
as  it  is  by  scientific  testimony  from  many  lands,  it 
will  be  admitted  that  this  view  may  now  be  regarded  as 
obsolete  and  unscientific — as  an  evidence  of  ignorance 
rather  than  of   superior  intellectual   insight. 

All  these  conceivable  explanation,  it  should  be  borne 
in  mind,  were  weighed  and  carefully  considered  for 
years  before  the  positive  conclusion  held  today  was 
arrived  at.  For  those  who  (are  accurately  and  experi- 
mentally acquainted  with  modern  psychical  research  there 
are  today  only  two  problems  presenting  themselves  for 
solution  and  they  may  be  formulated  in  the  two  fol- 
lowing questions : 

i.  What  is  the  source  and  character  of  the  delicate 
substance  or  plasm  displaying!  itself  in  the  physical 
phenomena  of  spiritism?  and 

2.     What  is  the  nature  and  aim  of  the  extraneous 

[235] 


The  New  Black  Magic 

intelligence  or  intelligences  operating  in  the  sense  world 
by  its  means? 

With  almost  everything  Prof.  Crawford  has  to  say 
on  the  first  point  I  am  in  agreement. 

His  conclusions  on  the  second  point  I  find  it  impos- 
sible to  accept  and  the  present  book  explains  in  detail 
why  I  cannot  accept  them. 

I  am  las  convinced  today  as  I  was  more  than  twenty 
years  ago  that  an  adequate  study  of  the  effects  of  spiri- 
tistic practice,  mental,  moral  and  physical,  as  a  whole 
and  not  as  we  observe  them  in  some  isolated  instance, 
will  establish  the  consistency  and  reasonableness  of  my 
position. 

J.  G.  R. 


[236] 


INDEX 


INDEX 

A 

PAGE 

Apostolic  testimony  re  Spirit-Creed 141 

Aquinas,   St.  Thomas,  on   Demonism . .'. 37 

Argument  of  book  summarized 202 

Armstrong,    Prof.,   on   spiritistic   practices 171 

Atonement  of  Jesus  Christ  and  human  nature 136 

and   Holy    Scripture    129 

Sir  R.  Reynolds  on   ., ! 131 

and    Saints    and    Martyrs    „ 130 

Augustine,  Saint,  on  Eternal  Punishment 146 

Automatic  Writing,   Sir  Wm.   Barrett  on 98 

Doctor  Carrington  on  perils  of 201 

Stainton    Moses   on   effects   of 67 

perils    of    56 

cases  showing  perils  of 61 

B 

Barrett,  Sir.  Wm.,  on  perils  of  spiritistic  practices.  .39,  55,  61 

on  probable  nature  of   some  spirits 200 

Branco,  Prof.,  on  the  descent  of  man 114 

Brownson,  Dr.  O.,  on  fall  of  man 124 

on  spirit-identity  105 

Bruce,  H.  A.,  on  the  subconscious  mind 87 

Bumueller,  Dr.,  on  the  descent  of  man 114 

C 

Carrington,  Dr.  H.,  on  medium's  loss  of  weight 68 

on  perils   of  automatic  writing 58,  201 

on    spirit-impersonation    83 

Chesterton,  G.,  on  fall  of  man 119 

on  religious  belief    10 

Christian  Thought  and  Experience,  evidence  of Ill 

Christianity,  Rev.  M.  Maher  on  truth  of 134 

and  Spiritism,  not  reconcilable   11 

Claim,  the,  of  Modern  Science 3 

of  Science  specified 19 

Crookes,  Prof.,  on  effects  of  mediumship 69 

Crozier,  Dr,  J,  B„  on  spiritistic  practices 169 

D 

Decree  of   Holy   Office    203 

De  Maistre,  on  the  heart  of  man 123 

[239] 


Index 

PAGE 

Descent  of  man,  Prof.  Branco  on  115 

Dr.  Bumueller  on 114 

Dr.  Driesch  on    116 

Dr.  J.   Ranke  on    115 

Dr.  R.  Virchow  on    116 

Doyle,  Sir  Conan,  false  assertion  of 138 

on   spirit-impersonation    85 

E 

Eternal  Punishment,   Saint  Augustine  on 146 

W.  E.  Gladstone  on   150,  157 

and  human  reason   151 

Dom  A.  Vonier  on 151,  153,  156 

Evidence  of  Christian  Thought  and  Experience Ill 

of  Common  Sense 165 

of  Fact  and  Experience 49 

of  History  31 

of  True.  Science 79 

F 

Fact  and  Experience,   Evidence  of 49 

Fall  of  Man,  Dr.  O.  Brownson  on 124 

G.   Chesterton  on 119 

Prof.  Wm.  James  on   123 

Dom   A.   Vonier   on    120 

Flammarion,   Prof.,   on   spirit-identity 106 

Funk,  Dr.,  a  case  of  spirit-impersonation 91 

G 

Gardner,  Prof.  P.,  on  Necromancy 172 

Gladstone,  W.  E.,  on  Eternal  Punishment 150,  157 

on   Orthodoxy    136 

H 

Hatch,  Dr.  B.  F.,  "Spiritualism  unveiled" 182 

aHelI  and  its  Problems"    147 

History,  The  Evidence  of    31 

Holy  Office,  Decree  of   203 

Holy  Scripture,  on  the  Atonement  of  Jesus  Christ 129 

teaching  of,  on  Necromancy,  &c 34 

on  the  testing  of  Spirits  142 

Hubbel,  Mr.,  "Facts  and  Fancies  in  Spiritualism" 183 

I 

Immortality  and   Reason    174 

inference,  the  inevitable,   from  arguments  presented 193 

[240] 


Index 

PAGE 

J 

Jacks,  Dr.  L.  P.,  on  spirit-identity  85 

Jacolliot,  M.,  on  spiritism  in  India  34 

James,  Prof.  Wm,  on  the  fall  of  Man 123 

on  the  limitations  of   spirits    89 

Jesus  Christ,  M.  Troubetzkoy  on  Person  of 128 

Justin,   Saint,  on  spirit-manifestations 37 

L 

Lapponi,  Dr.,  on  contradictory  teaching  of  spirits 43 

Leaf,   Mr.,  on  spirit-impersonation    84 

Lillie,  Mr.,  on  mediumship  of  Stainton  Moses 63 

Lodge,  Sir  Oliver,  on  supposed  safeguards 55 

on  spirit-identity   82 

Lombroso,  Prof.,  on  medium's  loss  of  weight  in  material- 
ization      69 

London  "Times,"  on  spirit-revelations ,,,,,, 177 

M 

Maeterlinck,  Mr.,  on  spirit-identity 97 

on  source  of  spirit-messages   98 

on  triviality  of  spirit-messages 178 

Maher,  Rev.  M.,  on  the  truth  of  Christianity 134 

Materialization,  description  of  process   64 

experiments  of  Dr.  Von  Schrenck-Notzing 69 

Carrington  on  loss  of  weight  in 68 

Lombroso  on  loss  of  weight  in 69 

Mediums,  their  status 184 

Mediumship,  disastrous  effects  of 57 

not  a  natural  gift  51 

process  contrary  to  nature   53 

Prof.  Crookes  on  effects  of  69 

Mind-passivity,  an  open  door   5 

Modern  Science,  claims  of  3 

Myers,  F.  W.  H.,  on  spirit-identity 98 

N 

Necromancy,  Catholic  Encyclopedia  on 33 

Prof.  P.  Gardner  on   172 

New  International  Encyclopedia  on 32 

"New  Revelation,"  The,  a  great  delusion 193 

conditions  for  considering  a 26 

O 

Orthodoxy,  W.  E.  Gladstone  on .• 136 

Ouija-Board,  truth  about  the 207 

[24I] 


Index 

PAGE 

p 

Pasteur,  Prof.,  on  discernment  of  divine  truth 161 

Preface    iii 

Prince,  Dr.  Morton,  on  the  subconscious  mind 87 

Q 

Quackenbos,  ,Dr.  J.  D., 

on  unlawfulness  of   Spiritism    176 

R 

Ranke,  Dr.  J.,  on  the  descent  of  man 115 

"Raymond,"  worthlessness  of  evidence  respecting  identity  of  131 

Reason  and  common  sense,  evidence  of 165 

Reynolds,  Sir  Russell,  on  the  Atonement  of  Jesus  Christ. .  131 

S 

Schrenck-Notzing,  Dr.  Von,  on  materialization  phenomena..  69 

on  effect  of  materialization  on  medium 72 

Science,  Evidence  of  True   79 

Spirit-identity,  Dr.  O.  Brownson  on   105 

Dr.  Carrington  on   83 

Sir  Conan  Doyle  on   85 

Prof.  Flammarion  on    106 

Dr.  L.  P.  Jacks  on  85 

Mr.   Leaf   on 84 

Sir  Oliver  Lodge  on  82 

Mr.  Maeterlinck  on 97 

F.  W.  H.  Myers  on   98 

Spirit-impersonation,  a  striking  case  of 89 

Evidence   of    „ 82 

Dr.  Funk's  case  of    91 

Spiritism  and  Holy  Scripture   142 

Spiritistic  Phenomena,  Dr.  R.  Wallace  on  reality  of 112 

Spiritistic  Practices,  Prof.  Armstrong  on 171 

Dr.  Carrington  on  perils  of  200 

Dr.  J.  B.  Crozier  on 169 

Spirit-messages,  comic  element  in. 178 

worthlessness  of  94 

Spirit-Photography,  Traill  Taylor  on   93 

worthlessness  of  evidence  of 94 

Stainton  Moses,  on  effects  of  automatic  writing 67 

on   lying   Spirits    43 

on  mind-passivity 53 

on  Spiritism  and  Christianity 12 

Subconscious  Mind,  the,  H.  A.  Bruce  on 87 

Dr.  Morton  Prince  on 87 

Summary  of  argument  of  Book 202 

[242] 


Index 

PAGE 
T 

Table  of   Contents ii 

Traill  Taylor   on   Spirit-photography    93 

Troubetzkoy,  on  the  Person  of  Jesus  Christ 128 

True  Science,  the  evidence  of  79 

Truth,  the,  about  the  Ouija-Board 207 

U 

"Unseen  World,"  by  Rev.  A.  M.  Lepicier,  O.S.M 193 

V 

Venzano,  Dr.,  on  reality  of  spiritistic  phenomena 50 

Virchow,  Dr.  R.,  on  the  descent  of  man 116 

Vonier,  Dom.  A.,  on  Eternal  Punishment 152,  153,  156 

on  the  fall  of  man  120 

W 

Wallace,  Dr.  A.  Russel,  on  reality  of  spiritistic  phenomena  112 

Williams,  J.  H.,  on  Christ's  teaching  re  future  life 149 


[  243  ] 


"Has  the  stage,  the  so-called  artistic  temperament, 
or  advanced  feminism  ever  yet  given  to  any  man  a 
wife— to  any  child  a  mother — to  either  husband  or 
child  a  home?"  "Are  the  exceptions  so  rare  that  they 
only  emphasize  the  rule?" 


By 
CHRISTIAN  REID 


PRINCESS 

By 
CHRISTIAN  REID 


Price  $1.50  net     $1.60  postpaid    I  Price  $1.50  net     $1.60  postpaid 

These  two  books  of  the  stage  and  the  home  are  unquestionably 
the  best  works  of  Christian  Reid,  who  has  done  more  to  make 
virtue  interesting,  as  well  as  charming,  than  any  Author 
that  ever  lived.  Her  graceful,  limpid  English  might  well  be 
used  as  a  model  for  aspiring  writers.  She  doesn't  depend  for 
inspiration  upon  a  health-destroying  cocktail,  a  cigarette  and  a 
muse  perched  no  higher  than  a  smoke-bowl. 

Her  English  is  better  than  Balzac's  French,  and  she  is  worth 
a  forest  of  his  understudy  authors,  whose  sex-inspired  lures 
smother  the  flaunted  moral. 

Read  Christian  Reid  and  be  impelled  to  commend  her  to  those 
you  love — such  books  tend  to  make  you  an  open  book  to  you 
and  yours. 

If  you  doubt  the  merits  of  A  DAUGHTER  OF  A  STAR  and 
A  FAR  AWAY  PRINCESS— get  them  at  the  library— then 
you  will  want  to  own  them.  A  book  not  worth  owning  is  not 
worth  reading.  The  Devin-Adair  Company  will  deliver  to  any 
part  of  the  world  and  refund  if  dissatisfied. 

"Critics  praise  poets  and  novelists  that  use  marked  artistic 
skill  on  foul  material;  but,  if  you  cat  open  a  goat  and  fisid 
his  interior  stuffed  with  rosebuds,  is  the  beast  any  the  less  a 
goat?"  From  KEYSTONES  OF  THOUGHT,  by  Austin 
O'Malley,  the  world's  master  of  aphoristic  thought  and  ex- 
pression, who  says  of  THE  DAUGHTER  OF  A  STAR  and 
A  FAR  AWAY  PRINCESS?  "I  like  these  books.  They  are 
excellent  examples   of   how   to   be   interesting   though    clean." 

THE  DEVIN-ADAIR  COMPANY,  Publishers 

NEW  YORK 


"Life  is  too  short  for  reading  inferior  books" — fBryce, 

MY  UNKNOWN  CHUM 

("AGUECHEEK") 

Foreword  by  HENRY  GARRITY 

"Unquestionably  the  best  book  m  the  English  Language" 

The  World  War  of  1914-18,  adds  greatly  to  the  charm  of 
this  remarkable  book. 

Whether  you  have  ever  been  abroad  or  not,  "My  Unknown 
Chum"  once  read  will  become  your  Chum,  as  it  is  now 
the  Chum  of  thousands. 

It  fulfils  to  the  letter  the  Rosebery  definition  of  the  three-fold 
function  of  a  book— "TO  FURNISH  INFORMA- 
TION, LITERATURE,  RECREATION." 

What  Critical  Book-Lovers  Say: 

GOVERNOR  DAVID  I.  WALSH  of  Massachusetts:  "'My  Unknown 
Chum* — I  cannot  too  strongly  express  the  pleasure  and  companionship 
I  found  in  this  excellent  book.  It  is  all  that  is  claimed  for  it — even 
more.     It  is  not  only  a  companion,  but  a  friend." 

CARDINAL  GASQUET:  "I  have  read  'My  Unknown  Chum'  with  the 
greatest  possible  pleasure.  The  account  of  one  of  our  Benedictine 
Fathers  at  Douai  is  most  interesting.  I  wonder  who  it  can  have  been?" 
CANON  SHEEHAN,  Author  of  "My  New  Curate,"  etc.:  "I  have 
read  'My  Unknown  Chum'  with  great  interest.  You  deserve  the  thanks 
of  the  reading  public  for  this  book." 

PHILIP  GIBBS,  most  brilliant  of  the  English  war  correspondents: 
"  'My  Unknown  Chum'  is  delightful." 

COL.  F.  A.  HEYGATE  LAMBERT,  Cavalry  Club,  London:  "'My 
Unknown   Chum'   delighted  me." 

THE  BOSTON  GLOBE:    "There  is  no  denying  the  charm  of  'My  Un- 
known  Chum.'     Its   English   is  a  rest  and  a  delight  after  the   mess  of 
undignified  colloquialisms  which   lie   between  most  covers  nowadays." 
THE  N.  Y,  SUN:    "The  book  is  charming." 

REV.  JAMES  F.  IRWIN,  Brooklyn:  "'My  Unknown  Chum'  is  splen- 
did; it  is  my  constant  companion." 

Price,  $1.65  Net      Postpaid,  $1.75 


THE  BEVM-ADAIR  CO.,  Publishers 
425  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York 


*(fias  the  stage,  the  so-called  artistic  temperament* 
or  advanced  feminism  ever  yet  given  to  any  man  a 
wife — to  any  child  a  mother — to  either  husband  or 
child  a  home?"  "Are  the  exceptions  so  rare  that  they 
only  emphasize  the  rule?" 


Beauty  an 


BY  PHILIP  GIBBS 
"The  Premier  War  Correspondent" 
Author  of  "The  Eighth  Year,"  etc. 
$1.60  net.  $i-75  postpaid 

Mr.  Gibbs,  most  brilliant  of  war  correspondents, 
probes  deeper  than  any  living  writer.  Critics  declare 
:hat  his  best  work  is  in  Beauty  and  Nick — novelized 
facts  in  the  life  of  an  international  Star,  her  husband — 
and  a  Son,  "who  foots  the  bill." 

Beauty,  the  gifted  actress,  is  the  counterpart  of  the 
Mother-mummer  of  Christian  Reid's  DAUGHTER 
OF  A  STAR — and  both  women  are  the  antitheses  in 
culture  and  character  of  A  Far  Away  Princess. 

Every  man  who  loves  or  ever  will  love  a  woman 
MUST  read  "Beauty  and  Nick." 

Every  woman,  single  or  married,  SHOULD  read 
"Beauty  and  Nick." 

Every  Husband  and  every  Wife  that  prefers  a  Baby 
to  a  dog — a  home  to  a  domestic  kennel,  WILL  surely 
read  "Beauty  and  Nick." 

You  will  read  "Beauty  and  Nick,"  "The  Daughter 
of  a  Star"  and  "A  Far  Away  Princess"  more  than  once ; 
you  will  keep  them  till  your  children  are  grown  up, 
when  they  will  read  them  and  thank  you  for  your 
thoughtfulness. .  You  will  lend  or  commend  them  to 
the  "born  musician,"  to  the  "born  actor  or  actress/' 
to  the  woman  with  an  uplift  mission—to  nosey  spin- 
sters, childless  divorcees,  temper-tongued  wives  and 
others  who  are  trying  to  squeeze  the  World  into  a 
globed  hell  for  normal  women  and  Homeless  Hus- 
bands. 

THE  DEVIN-ADAIR  COMPANY,  Publisher* 

NEW  YORK